Item 10O.Pdf

ACTION SHEET ITEM FROM FINANCE COMMITTEE MEETING OF 03/18/19 FOR CITY COUNCIL MEETING OF 03/27/19

p) Request for Approval of Memorandum of Agreement No. 2019-0179-RECC/BT In the Total Amount of $1,743,999.99 for the Public Safety Radio Communications System Solutions Project between Santa Fe County and the City Of Santa Fe; Santa Fe County. (Paul Babcock, Fire Chief, [email protected], 955-3112) FINANCE COMMITTEE ACTION:

Approved as discussion item. FUNDING SOURCE:

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OR AMENDMENTS Direction to staff

VOTE FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN COUNCILOR ROMERO-WIRTH X COUNCILOR RIVERA X COUNCILOR LINDELL X COUNCILOR HARRIS X CHAIRPERSON ABEYTA X 3-19-18

1 ACTION SHEET ITEM FROM THE PUBLIC WORKS/CIP AND LAND USE COMMITTEE MEETING OF MONDAY, MARCH 11, 2019

ITEMS

REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF A MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT NO. 2019-0179-RECC/BT BETWEEN SANTA FE COUNTY AND THE CITY OF SANTA FE IN THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF $1,743,999.99 FOR THE PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM SOLUTIONS PROJECT (PAUL BABCOCK, FIRE CHIEF, [email protected], 955-3112)

PUBLIC WORKS COMMITTEE ACTION: Approved as discussed

FUNDING SOURCE: 2018 GRT Bond

SPECIAL CONDITIONS/ AMENDMENTS/ STAFF FOLLOW UP:

VOTE FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN

CHAIRPERSON IVES

COUNCILOR ABEYTA X

COUNCILOR VIGIL COPPLER X

COUNCILOR HARRIS X

COUNCILOR VILLARREAL X

2 DATE: February 28, 2019 Public \\'orks Committeeyl\inance Committee/ City Council FROM: Fire Chief Paul Babcock\~~ SUBJECT: Approval of Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) behveen Santa Fe County and the City of Santa ire for the Public Safety Radio System Solutions Pro.iect

Santa Fe Fife and Police rely on the Public Safety Radio for critical dispatch information as they respond to all public safety emergen,.:ies. The City PSR was installed in 2001 and is quickly approaching expected of Improvement PSR to the national standard Project (P25) Digital Radio enhance the quality our responders1 interactions with dispatch. is a suite of standards digital mobile radio communications for use public safety organizations in North America.

The City and County have been jointly working on impkm.entation of a P25 radio system wi1h nurncrous requests for proposals and implementation solutions developed reviewed. During the discussions, the realized that the prime radio communication site (Prime is need ofrcplacernent and completed specifications to complete this part of the project

P25 stakeholder group has and in coordination with the

the cost P25 imd your approval of I RECC/BT between the

Funding of $2,000,000 for this project was this Project not $ I for for the joint project is $1, l 1

3 The County issue the Purchase Order to its po11ion equipment costs. Assistant Chief is managing this Chief Paul Babcock is overseeing the project with technical support from the ITT Depaitment

There are three (3) cornponents to the replacement upgrade: RECC Dispatch RECC Astro 25 and Tht; and Core are between the and County at an equal rate to the Joint Powers (JPA). Prime Site is the sole responsibility of because only the City utilizes the

RECC Dispatch consoles $573,054.16 (equally between the City and RECC Astro 25 Core $600,605.76 (equally shared between the City and Prime Site 1.99 (sole responsibility City)

Due to the cooperative nature of this project, both City and County were pnce than projected by utilizing a vendor on a Price from $2,000,000 GRT provide the with an opportunity to use for additional sites. Additional sites are necessary to help ensure first improving and enhancing comnnmications inside by the City as well as additional fonds for public safety with the PSR. Any remaining funds that may exist after the necessary public equipment and services may potentially utilized for Station 2 infrastructure. In this instance, staff will work with Public Works and Finance to other projects, ifu\d<,U,/lL

Section 4-1 the attached project nrcmosa1 timeline will need due to As long this project is approved by the receipt of equipment i11 April 1 equipm(;nt equipment in 2019 with transition and ;:icccptancc

an anticipated life of ten (1 to lwenty are possible at the end PSR.

(0)

4 Henry P. Roybal Anna T. Hamilton Commissioner, District 1 Commissioner, District 4 Anna Hansen Ed Moreno Commissioner, District 2 Commissioner, Disfric/ 5 Rudy N. Garcia Katherine Miller Commissioner, District 3 County Manager

MEMORANDUM

DATE: January 29, 2019

TO: Board of County Commissioners

.FROM: Tony Flores, Deputy County .Manager Bill Taylor, Procurement Manager, CPO

VIA: Katherine Miller, County 1\1a11ager Ken R, 1\1.artinez, RECC Director

ITEM AND ISSUE: Agenda Item HI.D.1 -County and City ofSanta Fers Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution{Project · '

BACKGROUND AND SUMMARY:

The Project 25 (P25) is a suite of standards for digital mobile radio communications designed for use by public safoty organizations in North America. P25 radios are a direct replacement fi.,r analog UHF radios but P25 radios have the capability to transfer data as well as voice, allowing for a more natural implementation of encryption or messaging. P25 radios are commonly implemented by dispatch organizations, such as police, fire, ambulance and emergency rescue service, using vehicle.. mounted radios combined with walkie-talkie handheld use.

l11e County and the City have been jointly working on the P25 issue since early 2016, with numerous requests for proposals and implementation solutions being developed and reviewed.

During the P25 discussions, the City has realized that their prime radio communication site (P1ime Site) is need ofreplacement and has completed their technical specifications to complete this part of their project

The P25 stakeholder group has reviewed the technical specifications for the P25 project and in coordination with the City identified the potential for si&,rnificant cost savings by combining the P25 and Prime Site components into the singular Public Safety Radio Communications System Solutions Pro,ject (Project).

Grant Box 276 · Santa Fe, New Mexico 87504-0276 , 505-986,,6200 FAX: 505-..<)95° 27 40 \Vww.santafecountynm.gov

5 The issue today is three-fold:

1. Approval of Memorandum of Agreement No. 2019-0179-RECC/BT (MOA), which outlines. the fiscal, procurement and implementation responsibilities of each party.

*The MOA outlines the Project responsibilities as follows:

a. County to act as fiscal agent for the Proje:::.t including undertaking the procurement of all equipment and solutions for the Prcject.

b. City and County to share the total Project costs of $1,743,999.999 as follows: l. P25 Core and 13 MCC7500 Dispatch Consoles which will be located at the Regional Emergency Communication Center (RECC) and funded 50/50 per the Joint Powers Agreement which established and autl10rized the RECC. $ l, 173,658 ($586,829 each). 2. 15-channel ASR Prime Site Equipment which will be located at the City Prime Site location. $570,341.99 (funded 100% by the City).

2. Approval of the utilization of New Mexico Statewide Price Agreement No. 70-000-16- 0014AJ for the purchase and implementation of the Project.

*County Ordinance 2012-5, Section One. Outside Contracts, requires that any procurement pursuant to NMSA 1978, Section 13-1-129 (1984, 1991), should not be used unless the Procurement Manager makes a specific finding that competitive bidding for the particular product would not be advantageous to the County.

In no event shall a contract in total value exceeding $250,000 be awarded without competitive bidding unless the Board of County Commissioners specifically approves.

3. Approval of Resolution 2019 which authorizes the County Manager to Negotiate and Execute all Relevant Documents to effectuate the Project.

ACTION REQUESTE!JJ..

In order to timely implement the Project and realize the cost savings by combining the P25 and Prime Site components, staff is recommending approval of MOA No. 2019-0179-RECC/BT between the County and City; approval of the utilization of the New Mexico Statewide Price Agreement No. 70-000-l 6-0014AJ in excess of $250,000 for Project components; and, approval of the Resolution authorizing the County Manager to effectuate the Project.

102 Grant Avenue· P.C). Box 276 · Santa Fe, New Mexico 87504-0276 · 505-986-6200 · FAX: 505-995-2740 www.santafecountynm.gov

6 Memorandum of Agreement No. 2019-0179-RECC/BT

MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT BET\VEEN SANT A FE COUNTY AND THE CITY OF SANT A FE FOR THE PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM SOLUTIONS PROJECT

THIS MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT (MOA) is entered on this day of _____, 2019, between Santa Fe County (hereinafter the "County"), a political subdivision of the state of New Mexico, and the City of Santa Fe, (hereinafter the "City").

RECITALS

\VHEREAS, in the spirit of cooperation, mutual respect and service to the residents of the County, this MOA confinns the parties' commitment and mutual cooperation which recognizes that the partnering activities between government entities may produce community and constituency benefits beyond what might be produced independently; and

\VHEREAS, this MOA is exempt from the provisions of the Procurement Code m accordance with to Section 13-1-98 (A), NMSA 1978; and

WHEREAS, in November 2001, the County and City (collectively the Parties) entered into a Joint Powers Agreement (JP A) for the purpose of defining the terms and conditions of operating, administering, and maintaining a Joint Enhanced 911 Regional Communications Center (RECC); and

WHEREAS, the City is securing services of a PSR Consultant to conduct a IV & V assessment of the PSR project. This consultant will represent the City in all technical discussions regarding the major PSR component specifications; and

WHEREAS, the Project 25 (P25) is a suite of standards for digital mobile radio communications designed for use by public safety organizations in North America. P25 radios are a direct replacement for analog UHF radios but P25 radios have the capability to transfor data as well as voice, allowing for a more natural implementation of encryption or messaging. P25 radios are commonly implemented by dispatch organizations, such as police, fire, ambulance and emergency rescue service, using vehicle-mounted radios combined with walkie-talkie handheld use; and

WHEREAS, the City has completed the specifications for the project to upt:,rrade their existing 15 Channel Repeater Site (Prime Site); and

WHEREAS, the Parties have agreed to unde1iake the County and City of Santa Fe Public Safety Radio Communications System Solutions Project (Project) which includes the P25 and Prime Site components by participating in cost sharing of the Project infrastructure and/or services with the County serving as fiscal agent for the Project; and

7 Memorandum of Agreement No. 2019-0179-RECC/BT

WHEREAS, the Parties agree the project components described in this MOA are of mutual interest and benefit to the County and City.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. SCOPE OF WORK

A. The Project will be implemented under one procurement completed by the County as follows: 1) Acquisition of the P25 Core and 13 Motorola P25 Dispatch Consoles which will be located at the RECC and funded 50/50 per the JPA which established and authorized the RECC. 2) Acquisition of the 15-channel Motorola P25 Site Equipment which will be located at the City of Santa Fe's prime site location and will be funded 100% by the City. B. In accordance with applicable state law and County ordinance, the County will use a procurement method deemed to be in the best interest of the County and the Project.

2. COMPENSATION

A. The total cost of the Project shall not exceed $1,743,999.99 as follows: 1) RECC P25 Core and 13 Motorola P25 Dispatch Consoles - $1,173,658.00 (to be split 50/50 between County and City - $586,829.00 each) 2) City 15-channel Motorola P25 Site Equipment - $570,340.07 (to be paid 100% by City) B. During the term of this Agreement, the County shall invoice the City for expenses incurred by the County for the Project.

3. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM

This Agreement shall become effective upon the date of last signature by the parties and will tenninate December 31, 2019, unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 4 (Tennination) or Section 13 (Appropriations and Authorizations) below.

4. TERMINATION

A. Te1mination of Agreement. This Agreement may be terminated by the County or the City upon written notice to the other party at least 30 days prior to the intended date of termination. By such tennination, no party may nullify obligations already incurred for performance or failure to perform prior to the date of tennination. B. Tennination of Agreement for Cause. If a party fails to fulfill in a timely and proper manner its obligations under this MOA, or if a party violates any of the covenants, agreements, or stipulations of this MOA, the non-breaching party shall thereupon have the right to suspend or tenninate this MOA by giving written notice to the other party such termination and specifying the effective date thereof.

8 Memorandum of Agreement No. 2019-0179-RECC/BT

Notwithstanding the above, no party shall be relived of liability to the other party for damages sustained because of the breach of this MOA.

5. PERSONNEL

A. The Parties represent that they have, or will secure at their own expense, all personnel required to perform all of the services required of it under this MOA. B. All services required hereunder will be performed by the County via contracted services and all personnel engaged in the work shall be fully qualified and shall be authorized or permitted under state and local law to perform such services.

6. ASSIGNMENT

The Parties shall not assign or transfer any interest in this MOA or assign any claims for money due or to become due under this MOA without p1ior written approval of both Parties.

7. NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES

This MOA was not intended to and does not create any rights in any persons or party not a party to this Agreement.

8. RELEASE

Respective final payment by the Parties of the amounts due under this MOA shall operate as a release of the City and County, their officers and employees, and the City and Santa Fe County from all liabilities, claims and obligations whatsoever arising from or under this MOA.

9. LIABILITY

Neither party shall be responsible for liability incmTed as a result of the other paiiy's acts or omission in connection with this Agreement. Any liability incurred in connection with this Agreement is subject to the immunities and limitations of the New Mexico Tmi Claims Act §41- 4-1, et seq., NMSA 1978.

10, AMENDMENT

This MOA shall not be altered, changed or amended except by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

1L INTEGRATION CLAUSE

This Agreement incorporates all covenants and understandings the parties hereto concerning the subject matter hereof, and all such covenants and understandings have been merged into this MOA. No prior covenants or understandings, verbal or otherwise, of the parties or their agents shall be valid or enforceable unless embodied in this MOA.

9 Memorandum of Agreement No. 2019-0179-RECC/BT

12. APPLICABLE LAW; VENUE

The activities or services under this MOA shall be perfonned and completed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Mexico. The City and the County agree that exclusive forum for any litigation between them arising out of or related to this Agreement shall be the State District Court of New Mexico, First Judicial District, located in Santa Fe County.

13. APPROPRIATIONS AND AUTHORIZATIONS

This MOA is contingent upon sufficient appropriations and authorizations being made by the Santa Fe County Board of County Commissioners, the City of Santa Fe and, if state funds are involved, the Legislature of the State of New Mexico. If sufficient appropriations and autho1izations are not made, this MOA shall terminate immediately upon written notice being given by the City and County. Such termination shall be without penalty to the City and County, and the City and County shall have no duty to reimburse the City or County for expenditures made in the performance of this MOA. The City and County are expressly not committed to expenditure of funds until such time as they are programmed, budgeted, encumbered and approved for expenditure by the City and County. The City and County's decision as to whether sufficient appropriations and authorizations have been made for the fulfillment of this MOA shall be final and not subject to challenge by the City or County.

14. FACSIMILE SIGNATURES

The parties hereto agree that a facsimile signature has the same force and effect as an original for all purposes.

15. NEW MEXICO TORT CLAIMS ACT

No provisions of this MOA modifies or waives any sovereign immunity or limitation of liability enjoyed by the County of its "public employees" at common law or under the New Mexico Tort Claims Act, NMS A l 97 8, §41-4-1, et seq.

16. PROHIBITED ACTIVITY

The County and the City are prohibited from using funds provided herein or using personnel employed for the administration of this Agreement, for political activities, sectarian or religious activities, lobbying or political patronage.

17, RECORDS AND FINANCIAL AUDIT

A. To the extent its books and records relate to (i) its perfonnance of this MOA or any subcontract entered into pursuant to it or (ii) cost or pricing data in this MOA, agrees to (i) maintain such books and records during the term of this MOA and for a period of six years fonn the date of final payment under this Agreement; (ii) allow the County or

10 Memorandum of Agreement No. 2019-0179-RECC/BT

its designee to audit such books and records at reasonable notice; (iii) to keep such books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP").

B. To the extent its books and records relate to (i) its performance of this Agreement or any subcontract entered into pursuant to it or (ii) cost or pricing data in this MOA, also agrees to require any subcontractor the Parties may hire to perform its obligations under this MOA to (i) maintain such books and records during the tenn of this MOA and for a period of six years from the date of final payment under any subcontract; (ii) allow the County or its designce to audit such books and records in accordance with GAAP.

18. PENALTIES FOR VIOLATIONS OF LAW

The Procurement Code, Sections 13-1-28 through 13-1-199, NMSA 1978, imposes civil and criminal penalties for its violation. In addition, the New Mexico criminal statutes impose felony penalties for illegal bribes, gratuities and kickbacks.

19. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE

The County and City agrees to abide by all federal and state laws, rules, and regulations, pertaining to equal employment opportunity. In accordance with such laws, the City assures that no person in the United States shall, on the grounds of race, rehgion, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, age, physical or mental handicap, or serious medical condition, spousal affiliation, sexual orientation or gender identity be excluded form employment with or participation in, be denied the benefits of, or otherwise subjected to discrimination under any activity perfo1med under this MOA. If is found not to be in compliance with these requirements during the life of this Agreement, agrees to take appropriate steps to con-ect these deficiencies.

20. INVALID TERM OR CONDITION

If any term or condition of this Agreement shall be valid or unenforceable, the reminder of this Agreement shall not be affected and shall be valid and enforceable.

21. NOTICES

Any notice required by this MOA shall be given in writing to the parties designated below. Notice shall be effective when delivered personally to any party, or three business days after deposited, postage fully prepaid, registered or ce1iified, in an official receptacle of the U.S. Postal Service.

COUNTY: Attn: County Manager Santa Fe County 102 Grant A venue P.O. Box 276 Santa Fe, New Mexico 87504-0276

11 Memorandum of Agreement No. 2019-0179-RECC/BT

CITY: Attn: City Manager City of Santa Fe 200 Lincoln A venue Santa Fe, New Mexico 87504-0276

22. SURVIVAL

The provisions of the following paragraphs shall survive the tennination of this MOA: RECORDS AND FINANCIAL AUDIT; RELEASE; APPLICABLE LAW VENUE; NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES; SURVIVAL.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have duly executed this MOA as of the last date of signature by the parties hereto. ·

SANTA FE COUNTY:

Anna T. Hamilton Chair, Santa Fe County Board of County Commissioners

ATTESTATION:

Date: Geraldine Salazar Santa Fe Clerk

Approved as to form:

Date: ------R. Bruce Frederick Santa Fe County Attorney

Finance Department:

Date: ------Erika D. Thomas Interim Finance Director

12 Memorandum of Agreement No. 2019-0179-RECC/BT

CITY OF SANTA FE

---··-·--·-·--- Date: Alan Webber, Mayor

Attest:

Date:------Yolanda Vigil City Clerk

Approved as to fonn:

hfl Date: .3 /; b 'i ,d/P41 ~I Erin K. McSherry, City Attorney

Approved:

Date: ---- Mary McCoy, Finance Director ~ Business Unit/Line Item: 321<{~. 572970, Oil C/CJDD

13 City of Santa Fe Summary of Contracts, Agreements, & Amendments

Section to be com12leted by department for each contract or contract amendment

1 FOR: ORIGINAL CONTRACT p or CONTRACT AMENDMENT 1 / 2 Name of Contractor -----...... :'------Santa Fe County 3 Complete information requested 1 Plus GRT

/ 1 Inclusive of GRl Original Contract Amount: $1,157,169.07

Termination Date: December 31, 2019 /

Approved by Council Date:

or by City Manager Date:

-· ...... ·-····------·--····· Contract is for: iThe Public Safety Radio Communications System Solutions Project as outlined in MOA: , ""'" = = = = = J ~~e~n..§e!.1~ ~ fol!. nJJ: ~£,t~ _f i~

Amendment# to the Original Contract# lncrease/(Decrease) Amount$ ------·------Extend Termination Date to: ---·------i Approved by Council Date: ------~-- I or by City Manager Date:

4 History of Contract & Amendments: (option: attach spreadsheet if multiple amendments) i--- Plus GRT

1- Inclusive of GRl Amount$ ----- of original Contract#---·---- Termination Date: ---~---- Reason: Amount$ amendment# Termination Date: Reason: Amount$ __ ,_.,______amendment# ~,-·------'""_____ Termination Date: ---· ·-·-- Reason: ·----·---- Amount$ amendment# ----Termination Date: ---- Reason:

14 City of Santa Fe Summary of Contracts, Agreements, & Amendments

5 Procurement. Method of Original Contract: (complete one of the lines)

RFP# Date: RFQ 1 ------Date: Sole Source 1 Date: ------. Other Exempt from Procurement

6 Procurement History: examp!e: (First year of 4 year contract)

-c.:;· \.),,_~~~-'·--. , t~ "(\ c~:"-(c, .,..S;_;\._ Purchasing ff.teer Review

Comments or Exceptions: ______I 7 Funding Source: 2018 Senior Lien GRT Bond Fund 3110 BU/Line Item: 32.llf S. 572. 970. O(lqtj OD .4:fll\ 3/1/11 Budget Officer ApprovallN\

Comments or Exceptions: ______

8 Any out~oMhe ordinary or unusual issues or concerns:

{Memo may be attached to explain detail.)

9 Staff Contact who completed this form: Carlos__ N_a_va ______

Phone# 955-3118

10 Certificate of Insurance attached. {if original Contract) r

Submit to City Attorney for review/signature Forward to Finance Director for review/signature Return to originating Department for Commiti:ee(s) review or forvvard to City Manager for review and approval (depending on dollar level).

To be recorded by City Clerk:

Contract#

Date of contract Executed (i.e., signed by all parties):

Note: If further information needs to be included, attach a separate memo.

Comments:

15 The design, technical, pricing, and other information ("Information") furnished with this submission is proprietary and/or trade secret information of Motorola Solutions, Inc. ("Motorola Solutions") and is submitted with the restriction that il is to be used for evaluation purposes only. To the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, the Information is not to be disclosed publicly or in any manner to anyone other than those required to evaluate the Information without thri express written permission of Motorola Solutions.

MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, L.LC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective rn,vners. © 2018 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. 16 MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS ------

Motorola Solulion/i. Inc. 723 7 Church Ranch Blvd Suite 406 Westminc-ter, CO 80021

November 28, 2018

Subject: City of Santa Fe Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution

Motorola Solutions, Inc. ("Motorola") is pleased to have the opportunity to provide the Santa Fe Regional Emergency Communications Center ("SFRECC") with quality communications equipment and services. With SFRECC's support and through collaboration between Motorola and Santa Fe team members, the Motorola project team has taken great care to propose a solution that will addresses your concerns and provides exceptional value. To best address the functional and operational specifications of this request, Motorola's solution includes a combination of hardware and services. Specifically, this solution includes:

0 One M2 Core - Redundant Master Site located at the existing Santa Fe Regional Emergency Communi cations Center (SFRECC) e One 15 channel ASTRO 25 standalone repeater sites located at the existing prime site.

1/l One 10 position MCC7500E dispatch site located at the SFRECC dispatch operations center.

Our proposal includes this cover letter and the terms and conditions of State of New Mexico Contract number 70-000-16-00014AJ. City of Santa Fe may accept this proposal by issuing its purchase order to Motorola containing the following language: This purchase is placed against NM State Contract number 70-000-16- 0014AJ, and Motorola's proposal ("Proposal") dated 06/07/18 and the terms and conditions contained in the Proposal. The terms and conditions of NM State Contract number 70-000-16-00014AJ and the Proposal apply to this purchase and supersede all other terms and conditions, express or implied, including any preprinted or other terms and conditions contained in this Purchase Order.

The piice contained in this proposal is contingent upon receipt of your purchase order and the shipment of equipment by December 14, 2018.

17 Motorola Solutic,n'.i Inc. 7?.37 Church f~a11ch Blvd Suitce 406 Westminster. CO fl0021

We thank you for the opportunity to furnish the City of Santa Fe with "best in class" solutions and we hope to strengthen our relationship through the implementation of this project. Our goal is to provide you with the best products and services available in the communications industry.

Sincerely, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC.

Larry Mabry MSSSI Vice President & Director Sales

18 Section 1 System Description ...... 1-1 1.1 AST RO 25 Infrastructure ...... 1-1 1.1.1 Proposed System Architecture ...... 1-1 1.1.2 System Coverage ...... 1-3 1.1.3 System Cybersecurity ...... 1-4 1.1.4 System Capacity and Spectrum Management...... 1-5 1.1.5 System Voice Communications Management...... 1-5 1.1. 6 System Data Communications Management...... 1-6 1.1. 7 System Configuration Management...... 1-7 1 .1. 8 System PerformanceManagement ...... 1-8 1.1. 9 System Fa ult Management...... 1-8 1.1.10 System Alerting Capabilities ...... 1-9 1.2 ASTRO 25 Add-On Site Description ...... 1-10 1.2.1 ASTRO 25 Repeater Site ...... 1-10 1.2.2 Components ...... 1-10 1.2.2.1 GTR 8000 Expandable Site Subsystem ...... 1-10 1.2.2.2 GTR 8000 Site Repeater/Base Radio ...... 1-11 1.2.2.3 GGM 8000 Gateway ...... 1-11 1.2.2.4 GCP 8000 Site Controller ...... 1-11 1.2.2.5 Radio Frequency Distribution System ...... 1-12 1.3 Proposed Dispatch Console ...... 1-12 1.3.1 Console Configuration for City of Santa Fe ...... 1-12 1.3.2 Console Connectivity ...... 1-13 1.3.3 Embracing Interoperability and Integration ...... 1-13 1.3.3.1 Integration with the ASTRO 25 Network ...... 1-13 1.3.3.2 Connection to ASTRO 25 System ...... 1-13 1.3.3.3 Dual Site Links ...... 1-14 1.3.3.4 LAN Switches ...... 1-14 1.3.4 Making Consoles Easy to Operate ...... 1-14 1.3.4.1 Customizable Dispatch Interface ...... 1-14 1.3.4.2 Standard Radio Transmission and Reception ...... 1-14 1.3.4.3 Emergency Radio Transmission and Reception ...... 1-15 1.3.4.4 Call Management and Control ...... 1-16 1.3.5 Incorporating Console Configuration And Management...... 1-17 1.3.6 Dispatch Console Solution Components ...... 1-18 1.3.6.1 MCC 7500E Dispatch Position ...... 1-18 1.3.7 Additional Equipment...... 1-19 1.3.8 Logging ...... ,...... 1-20

1.3.9 Fire Station Alerting ...... ,, ...... 1-20 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018 Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page.

Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Table of Co. 19 1.4 Subscriber Units ...... 1-20 1.5 Spares (Optional) ...... 1-21 Section 2 Equipment List...... 2-1 Section 3 Statement of Work ...... 3-1 3.1 Assumptions ...... 3-1 Section 4 Project Schedule ...... 4-1 Section 5 Acceptance Test Plan ...... 5-1 Section 6 Advanced Plus Services ...... 6-1 6.1 Advanced Plus Services Overview ...... 6-1 6 .2 Advanced Plus Services Descriptions ...... 6-1 6.2.1 Centralized Service Delivery ...... 6-1 6.2.2 Field Service Delivery ...... 6-2 6.2.3 Network Hardware Repair ...... 6-2 6.2.4 Security Management Operations ...... 6-3 6.2.5 Network Updates (Optional) ...... 6-3 6.3 Motorola Solutions' Services Capabilities ...... 6-3 6.3.1 On-Call Support through the Solutions Support Center (SSC) ...... 6-3 6.3.2 On-Site Service through a Field Service Team ...... 6-4 6.3.3 Centralized Repair Management through Motorola Solutions' Repair Depot...... 6-4 6.3.4 Direct Access to System Information through MyView Portal ...... 6-4 Section 7 Training Plan ...... 7-1 7.1 Overview ...... 7-1 7.2 Training Approach ...... 7-1 7.3 Proposed Courses ...... 7-2 7.3.1 System Administrator Training Plan ...... 7-3 7.3.2 Console Dispatcher and Supervisor Training Plan ...... 7-4 Section 8 Pricing Summary ...... 8-1 8.1 Public Safety Radio System Total if purchased by 12/14/18 ...... 8-2 8.2 Spares-optional ...... 8-2 8.3 Extended Maintenance Pricing ...... 8-2 8.4 System Upgrade Agreement II Optional Offering ...... 8·"3

Section 9 Contractual Documentation ...... 9-1 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018 Public Safely Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of !his proposal is subject to the restrictions 011 the cover page. 20 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

SECTION 1

Motorola Solutions, Inc. (Motorola Solutions) proposes our ASTRO® 25 platform with Integrated Voice and Data (IV&D) to provide secure, reliable communications for the City and County of Santa Fe. Installed worldwide, ASTRO 25 solutions offer integrated voice and data (IV&D) communications for daily operations and emergency response in the most demanding situations. ASTRO 25 provides a wireless platform that combines uncompromising, real-world performance and the legendary reliability of Motorola Solutions.

ASTRO 25 offers the City and County a Project 25, standards-based Internet Protocol (IP) solution with a flexible, modular network. ASTRO 25 can expand to accommodate additional radio users, increased geographic coverage, enhanced data applications, and connectivity to other networks-all to ensure that the City and County will have efficient and cost- effective communications for decades to come.

ASTRO 25 provides advanced call processing RF SITES capabilities designed to meet the needs of public safety. On an ASTRO 25 network, first responders can share voice and data communications between members of the same team, across an agency, or among different agencies. In addition, anASTRO 25 network's centralized command and control capabilities will enable the City and County to efficiently deploy resources, effectively track personnel, and maintain communication security.

1.1. 1 Proposed System Architecture The proposed ASTRO 25 solution will provide the City and County with an adaptable and affordable platform for mission-critical wireless communications throughout the City and County's geographic area. The proposed system provides a single-zone architecture. A zone comprises the master site, Radio Frequency (RF) sites and dispatch sites that are referred to as the "system" throughout this proposal. The system will support FDMA to allow mu1tiple users to share channel resources in a single--bandw/dth.

The proposed solution comprises the following sites:

e One redundant master site located at dispatch operations center.

It, One 15 channel ASTRO 25 standalone repeater sites located at the existing prime site. a. One 1 O position MCC7 500E dispatch site located at the dispatch operations center. The figure titled "System Architecture" shows a graphical view of the proposed system architecture.

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page.

Motorola Solutions Confidential Rostricted System Desclipt 21 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

35 f<'IASTER sm;

Figure i: System Architecture -· The proposed solution will provide the coverage, capacity, and reliability required by the City and County,

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover22 page, Motorola Solutions Confident/al Restricted System Descrip(·i City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

The master site includes the core system equipment, providing a central point of control for the operation of the radio communication system to meet the needs of system users. From the master site, the City and County's system administrators will have access to hardware and software components that control call processing, network management, and system configuration. Common Server Architecture (CSA) reduces physical space and individual component requirements at the master site by using Virtual Management Servers (VMSs) to host server applications in a Virtual Machine (VM) environment.

The proposed ASTRO 25 standalone repeater (ASR) site will provide base radios to route the City and County's voice traffic to the system for distribution the dispatch operations. The base radios also repeat each transmission to support other local user radios. ASR sites support packet data and route data traffic to the site controller. The site controller routes these data packets upstream to the zone controller for further processing and routing.

System Coverage The figure titled "System Coverage" provides a graphical view of the coverage provided by the proposed system.

\ )

i:::::::::lffl@=:J Portable Coverage In Building Using S,,:;w,1 Case and RSM - 97% Reliabllil)', 0 1 2 3mi

Public Safety Hadio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page.

Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Descrip, 23 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

fr/'' ·/

Figure 2: System Coverage - The proposed system design will provide the reliable coverage required by the Citv and County. tt3 System Cybersecurity The Motorola Solutions AST RO 251 P platform offers powerful featuresthat willenhancethe City and County'sabilitytoprevent,detect,andrespondtoexternal and internalthreats.

ln addition to system-level security capabilities, ASTRO 25 includes a robust set of cybersecurity service standards that will provide communications continuity and security for the City and County's system:

e Centralized Authentication - Provides one control point for identification, authentication, and authorization services, using Centralized Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting (AAA) with Active Directory (AD) for all Windows, Solaris and Linux platforms. Remote Authentication Dial··ln User Service (RADIUS) extends the service to infrastructure network devices.

Public Safety Hadio Communications System Solution Use or disGlosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 24 Motorola Solutions Confidential (-restricted System Descript, City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

"' Secure Network Communications - Provides secure point-to-point connections between two different machines through Secure Shell (SSH).

0 Secure Network Management - Secures network traffic between network managers and SNMPv3-enabled elements through the inherent authentication and encryption capabilities of SNMPv3. e Router Access Control Lists (ACLs)- Ensure that only authorized traffic can traverse the network by filtering traffic at core, exit, gateway, and site routers.

@ Ethernet Switch Port Security - Prevents unauthorized access to the system through the ports on a network switch by providing an additional layer of security at the physical location of the equipment.

6J Secure Software Download (SWDL) - Ensures that transfer operations are authenticated and encrypted, based on the Secure File-Transfer Protocol (SFTP), impeding interception of transmissions by unauthorized devices. ,;, Backup and Recovery - Enables the quick restoration of system devices under failure conditions through the centralized management of data backup and restore operations.

@ Transparent Element Hardening - Removes nonessential tools, services, and utilities from the Windows Operating System, which could be used by an attacker to gain unauthorized access to system settings or data.

1,1.4 System Capacity and Spectrum Management The level of traffic on the City and County's system may vary greatly depending upon factors such as the time of day, day of the week, and emergency situations. Motorola Solutions takes great care to design systems that can meet peak performance levels without requiring resources that remain unused during slow periods. The proposed ASTRO 25 radio system includes features to ensure that resources are sufficiently used.

The proposed system for the City and County will use P25 Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA) to share the radio spectrum used by the proposed system. With FDMA, radio frequencies are divided into smaller frequency bands, each with its own carrier frequency. These smaller frequency bands are dynamically allocated to the radio users who share the frequency channel. Each radio user making a call on the system will receive a unique talkpath for the duration of the call. Both analog and digital signals support FDMA.

tt5 System Voice Communications Management Ensuringthesuccessfulcompletion of calls is avitalfactor intheASTRO 25radio system design, and targeting communications is important for both privacy and efficiency. Some information may be sensitive and intended for a specific person, while other information may be important for an entire group of radio users. Communications that are relevant for one group should not distract another group, and some radio users may need priority over other radio users when the system is busy. The proposed system for the City and County includes a collection of features to maximize communications availability, target and prioritize communications, and minimize the effo1i required by radio users to complete calls.

The zone controller manages call processing in the system. If a zone controller failure prevents channel requests from being acknowledged, the Automatic Retry feature will continue sending channel requests from the individual user radio until the request is acknowledged, or until a total of 16 automatic retries occur. If a radio user presses the push~ toNtalk (PTT) button and fails to find an open channel, Busy Queuing/Call Back will deliver a busy tone and place the call into a busy queue. As channels become available, they will be

Public Safety Hadio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subjecl to the restrictions on the cover page.

Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Descrip _ 25 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

assigned to calls in the queue using pre- assigned priority levels. Radio users will be notified of the assigned channel through a call-back tone.

To ensure uninterrupted communications, Recent User Priority will give priority over other radio users to radio users who have been recently assigned a voice channel. Recent User Priority w/11 provide priority system access for up to 10 seconds between transmissions to a talkgroup engaged in a conversation. Misdirected Radio Protection uses embedded signaling to ensure a radio from one talkgroup cannot accidentally be assigned to a voice channel being used by a different talkgroup. If a user radio is accidentally assigned to a different talkgroup channel, the radio will recognize that it has been assigned incorrectly and automatically revert to the control channel. With Continuous Assignment Updating, the control channel will continue to transmit the channel assignment for as long as a talkgroup is using an assigned channel. This ensures a radio just coming into service will be sent to the appropriate voice channel to join the rest of its ta!kgroup. Radio T alkgroup Muting will allow the radio user to mute all voice traffic for the currently selected talkgroup, including emergency voice received. The radio can be automatically unmuted by the dispatch operator or another radio user by sending the muted radio a Call Alert. The proposed system provides the City and County with 10 Priority Levels, allowing the City and County's system administrators to segment radio users according to their communications needs. Priority 1 is always reserved for emergencies. Priorities 2 through 10 can be assigned on a per radio or talkgroup basis. These priorities are only applicable when the system is busy. Priority Monitor allows the radio user to scan talkgroups in their system, and mark up to two talkgroups in their scan list as Priority. A non-priority conversation will be interrupted by Priority 1 or Priority 2 talkgroup activity. Dispatch operators can selectively call and carry on a Private Call with another individual radio, as long as that radio is not already engaged in another Private Call. The calling radio receives an acknowledgment of a successful Private Call. If the receiving radiohasa display, it shows the calling party's radio ID. To protect channel availabilityfor mainstream operations, PrivateCal/managementcancontro)howmanyresourcesarededicatedforprivatecallsata trunking RF site. The system administrator can pre-configure and limitthe number of simultaneous private calls that are active at a particular site, or even disallow private calls entirely.

Dispatch operators can make a simultaneous cal! to multiple talkgroups, with all radios configured for talk back capability. Dispatchers can program this Multi-Group Call to operate in one of two ways:

(l> The requesting radio user waits for all requested talkgroups to finish all calls in progress . .,, The requested call immediately interrupts other conversations in progress without waiting for active radio users to de-key. Radio users who are transmitting on a voice channel do not hear the call until they de-key. The proposed system provides a dispatch function called Dispatch Conso!e/Talkgroup Merge to allow multiple talkgroups to operate together on one voice channel, improving channel efficiency.

System Data C@mm«.m1ic£lltions Mamaigemerrnt The proposed system's Project 25-compliant Integrated Voice and Data (IV8iD) operation allows data traffic to seamlessly use the the City and County's ASTRO 25 radio system, improving in-field efficiency. The IV81D service creates a data transport layer capable of

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 26 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Oescrlp/1_. . _ City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

supporting both industry-standard IP and customer-developed applications. The IV&D data service is included as a standard feature in all ASTRO 25 trunking systems, providing the availability for data communications, but no data applications have been included as part of this proposal.

1.t7 System ConfigurationManagement The ASTRO 25 radio system will provide the City and County's system administrators witha centralized approach to configuring the proposed system.

With the Unified Network Configurator (UNC), the City and County's system administrators will be able to efficiently configure networks and devices in the ASTRO 25 radio system through easy editing screens and configuration "wizards." Role- based radio user setup, auto discovery of devices/configurations, and minimized data entry reduces configuration errors and initial configuration time. Personnel can quickly access historical configuration and forensic information, and quickly roll back to previous configuration versions, if necessary.

The UNC allows the direct comparison between the current system configuration with any planned changes, simultaneously displaying the configurations and enabling the scheduling of any changes for distribution during off hours, minimizing the impact of system changes on communications. The UNC is highly secure, supporting SSH and SNMP passwords and providing an automated mechanism to seamlessly roll passwords and passphrases.

The Provisioning Manager enables the City and County's system administrators toprovision the infrastructure and devices in the ASTRO 25 radio system through a friendly and intuitive graphical user interface. The Provisioning Manager offers a well-rounded set of features:

® Streamlined and Intuitive Web-Based Graphic User Interface - requires fewer keystrokes to manage critical information. Provides a central point for the configuration of operational parameters for mobile and portable radios, dispatch operator positions, and system administrators. 0 Batch Creation of Radios and Talkgroups - minimizes data entry and reuses configuration information through "Multi-Instance Creation."

@ Enhanced Agency Partitioning - allows system administrators to define data partitionsof system management resources among various agencies and radio users.

e, Provisioning Manager Audit - enables stricter enforcement of system policies and provides an efficient way of troubleshooting configuration issues. Allows the system administrators to navigate between an audit record and the corresponding configuration record.

® External Provisioning Manager Interface - provides an interface that partners with an identified third-party vendor (Genesis, MCM, Premier One, NGI) to provide an integrated solution for critical customer applications on the system, such as, Asset Management, Billing, and Fleet Mapping applications. "' Radio and Radio User fields Combined into One Window - provides efficient management of user radio provisioning by eliminating the need to enterdevice information multiple times . ., Import/Export Capabilities - offer a convenient mechanism to export and import data from external applications using .csv protocol. With the Provisioning Manager's integrated database, system administrators are required to enter data only once, improving accuracy, saving time, and maintaining data integrity.

Public Safety Hadio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 27 ,J\t Motorola Solutions Confidential F

System PerformanceManagement The ASTRO 25 performance suite will enable the City and County's system administrators to monitor, manage, and report on system performance in near real-time, as well as proactively plan for expansion. The performance suite comprises both Motorola Solutions and third-party management applications that are certified, integrated, and supported by Motorola Solutions. Together, these applications provide a complete picture of how the system is operating. Each application provides a unique set of features and benefits to facilitate efficient and effective system management.

ZoneWatch is a performance management tool that has customizable displays and grids to monitor real-time communications activity. The information displayed will help the City and County's system administrators become proactive in resource planning decisions, such as when additional channels are needed. ZoneWatch also receives fault information related to repeater sites, console sites, and the zone controller from the Unified Event Manager (UEM). Affiliation Display provides a dynamic view of the affiliated sites for all operating radios. The application will enable the City and County's system administrators to monitor how radio users travel between different sites and communicate with assigned talkgroup members and those outside of their talkgroup. Affiliation Display traces the state/location of each user radio on the system, and can also identify each user radio's location and affiliation information by site, console site, radio, channel, and talkgroup.

Historical Reports will provide the City and County with statistical data that is gathered at specific, predefined time intervals. System administrators can use these reports to monitor and analyze information about sites, channels, talkgroups, and radio users. This data is displayed using predefined report templates and parameters. Historical reports allow system administrators to do long-term analysis of traffic data.

Dynamic Reports monitor and report usage trends to improve radio and talkgroup system management. System administrators will be able to closely examine what happens during a shift or set period of time, for example, checking the busy count to see if calls are being missed. Through the analysis of data delivered by Dynamic Reports, the City and County can develop plans for system expansion and design upgrades to improve communications.

1. 1t9 System Fault Msinagem®nt System performance depends on the proper functioning of the system's software and components. The proposed system includes the following features to facilitate the detection, isolation, and resolution of events that are reported by system components.

The Unified Event Manager (UEM) provides critical fault management, including processing and presentation of events that are sent by managed devices. Historical and real-time traffic screens will give the City and County's system administrators access to radio events, radio status, and any device alarms.

The UEM supports the following main functions:

® Fault management_.. Fault management in the UEM includes processing and presentation of events sent by a managed device.

Public Safely Hadio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this p1·oposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover28 page. Motorola So/ufions Confidential Restricted System Descript City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

I), Synchronization - The UEMperforms synchronization automatically, by validating the health of a device with the information stored in the fault management database. The UEM will provide secure communications with the City and County's managed devices. If a loss of communication with a managed device occurs, that failure will be reported to the UEM, which will alert administrators according to the severity of the event. The UEM's alarm view dynamically updates based on the condition of the reported device (that is, the alarm will be cleared from the alarm view when a device sends a clear event to the UEM}.

The UEM is the system's main fault manager, aggregating all system health information and managing the status of non-Motorola Solutions equipment through SDM3000 Remote Terminal Units (RTUs}. Devices from other manufacturers managed by the UEM include power and security equipment, microwave radios, and environmental alarms for doors, and control tower lights.

1, 1, 10 System Alerting Capabilities Certain circumstances require the immediate alerting of personnel. Whether a specific individual or an entire group of radio users needs to be notified, the proposed system will provide the City and County with the capabilities needed to alert dispatch operators and radio users of important information and critical situations.

The Call Alert feature uses the control channel to enable a dispatch operator or radio user to page another dispatch position or individual radio without affecting voice channel capacity. Call Alert sounds a tone on the receiving radio and returns an acknowledgement to the initiating radio. If the receiving radio is in avoice cal!, the alert tone sounds in the background, so the voice message continues to be clearly heard.

The Emergency Alarm and Emergency Call features provide the alerting capabilities needed for critical situations. With Emergency Alarm and Emergency Call, a radio user can quickly inform the dispatch operator of a life-threatening situation. The simplepress of the radio's emergency alarm button sends an audible and visible alarm and the user radio's ID to the dispatch operator and, potentially, other talkgroup members.

The dispatch console receives immediate notification, even when the system is busy, and an available channel is assigned immediately to the emergency call. If the system is busy, the City and County's dispatch operators will be able to choose between two alternatives for handling emergency traffic;

"' Top of the Queue - The emergency caller is put at the top of the busy queue. As soon as the first radio user on any channel de-keys, the emergency caller is assigned that channel. This approach prevents contention for the channel. ,. Ruthless Preemption The zone controller re-assigns the channel with the lowest priority call to the emergency caller-a feature unique to Motorola Solutions trunking systems.

Public Safety Hadio Communications System Solu!lon Use. or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 29 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Descrip City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Motorola Solutions, Inc. (Motorola Solutions) proposes our G-series based ASTRO 25 Repeater Site to provide City of Santa Fe with RF communications. The proposed site will be located at the existing SmartNET prime site and will consist of fifteen FDMA channels. This site will utilize the GTR Expandable Site Subsystem (ESS) which provides for up to six channels to be housed in a rack based chassis. For the City and Count~, of Santa Fe, the site will consist of three GTR ESS racks, each housing five GTR 8000 radios each.

1.2, 1 ASTRO 25 Repeater Site An ASTRO 25 Repeater Site consists of a single site with up to 28 channels and two site controllers (in a redundant configuration), which can be standalone or housed in a GTR 8000 Expandable Site Subsystem (ESS).

The GTR 8000 Expandable Site Subsystem in a repeater site is set up in a single trunked site, with one active control channel and a number of voice channels at the site. If packet data services are supported at the site, a number of voice channels can be configured with packet data channel capability. Voice traffic is routed from each of the base radios to the system for distribution to other sites and is repeated by the base radios to support other local subscribers. However, data traffic is routed to the GCP 8000 Site Controller. The site controller routes these packets upstream to the zone controller for further processing and routing. The ASTRO 25 Repeater Site consists of the following components, described in the Component Descriptions section of this System Description.

® GTR 8000 Expandable Site Subsystem (ESS}. e GTR 8000 Repeater/Base Radio.

® GCP 8000 Site Controller. 0 Radio Frequency Distribution System (RFDS).

(!> Sub-Site Ethernet Switch.

1.2.2 Components Components included in this system design are described in this section.

1.2.2.1 GTR 8000 Expandable Site Subsystem The GTR 8000 Expandable Site Subsystem (ESS) enclosure can contain reconfigured GTR 8000 base stations, site LAN switches, and GCP 8000 controllers, along with an optional Radio Frequency Distribution System (RFDS), depending on your configuration needs.

Voice traffic is routed from each of the site base stations to the system for distribution all sites associated with the call. Benefits of the ESS include:

@ Integrated Design -· Provides a smaller footprint at the site.

(;$• FronVTop Access Design·- Minimized cabling reduces install and service labor.

0 Increased Power Supply- Provides redundancy through common power bus.

Public Safety Radio Cornmunica!ions System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject lo the restrictions on the cover30 page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Descrlp, . , ,v City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 201 B

1.2.2.2 GTR 8000 Site Repeater/Base Radio The GTR 8000 Base Radio consists of a transceiver module, power amplifier module, fan module, and power supply. The transceiver module includes the functionality for the exciter, receiver, and station control. The base radio software, configuration, and network management, as well as inbound/outbound traffic handling, are performed through this transceiver module. On-board serial and Ethernet ports are located on this module for local servicing via Configuration/Service Software (CSS).

The power amplifier module amplifies the low-level modulated RF signal from the transceiver module and delivers the amplified signal on the path to the transmit antenna. The power supply module supports the transceiver and power amplifier modules, and can also provide auxiliary power to a connected site controller or Receive Multicoupler/Low Noise Amplifier (RMC/LNA).

1.2.2.3 GGM 8000 Gateway The GGM 8000 Gateway is a modular multi-purpose network communications platform, designed to interconnect devices and networks within ASTRO 25 public safety network systems.

The GGM 8000 provides a connection to a Wide Area Network (WAN) with no conventional channel interface (V.24, analog, and/or IP). A GGM 8000 with a connection to a WAN and with a conventional channel interface (v.24, analog, and/or IP) functions as a Site and Conventional Channel Gateway.

Connectivity from the GGM 8000 Gateway at the ASR site and the master site will be through City provided Ethernet backhaul. Currently a Point to Point link exists between the master site and ASR site which will be utilized for this purpose. It is assumed that sufficient bandwidth is available to support the communications between these sites.

1.2.2.4 GCP 8000 Site Controller The GCP 8000 Site Controller (GCP 8000) is the control interface between the transmitter/receiver subsystem and the Zone Controller. The GCP 8000 Site Controller comprises redundant site controller modules; one site controller module acts as the active module, and the second module acts as a standby. The redundancy minimizes the possibility of a single point of failure at the site.

The GCP 8000 provides the following functions:

@ Manages the channels to maximize throughput and channel availability.

0 Administers registration and context activation requests.

"" Provides a time and frequency reference signal to the base stations, maximizing frequency stability and allowing for further site separation in a simulcastconfiguration.

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page.

Motorola Solutions Confidential Plestricted System Descrir 31 City & County or Santa Fe November 28, 2018

e, Provides IP simulcast capability, enabling true end-to~end IP connectivity in a simulcast configuration.

1.2.2.5 Radio Frequency Distribution System The Radio Frequency Distribution System (RFDS) provides interconnect between the base radios and antennas, allowing for a completely contained and more compact installation footprint. For the transmitters, this includes combiners, phasing harnesses and TX filters. A total of two transmit antennas will be used to accommodate the City and County's fifteen total channels.

For the receivers, this includes a TIA, TTA control module and multicoupiers. A single receive antenna will be used to accommodate the City and County's fifteen total channels.

Motorola Solutions, Inc. (Motorola Solutions) proposes our MCC 7500E dispatch console to provide City of Santa Fe with the confidence of state-of-the-art secure communications, seamless IP-based connectivity, flexible system architecture with scalable components, and centralized console management.

Motorola Solutions designs its console to help reduce the total cost of owning an IP-based, feature-rich dispatch system without compromising quality and reliability. The console provides City of Santa Fe with sophisticated network management and easy migration to future capabilities.

1.3.1 Console Co111figurntion for City of Santa Fe The proposed console will interface seamlessly with the proposed ASTRO® 25 system.

The proposed solution offers the City and County 1O dispatch positions. The figure titled "MCC 7500E Dispatch Position" shows an MCC 7500E dispatch position.

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disc.:losure of this proposal Is subject to the restrictions 011 the cove32r page. Motorola Solutions Confidential ({estricted System Desc:ripth City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Figure 3: MCC 7500E Dispatch Position provides a small form factor, familiar GUI, and advanced features. The console will be located at the City and County's dispatch operations center.

1,3,2 Console Connectivity The proposed console will connect into the ASTRO 25 master site at . A conceptual diagram of the proposed console connectivity has been provided in the figure titled "System connectivity for proposed solution."

Console Site link to Master Site (WAN]

Figure 4: System connectivity for proposed solution. The solution will rely on Ethernet links provided by the City and County for backhaul connectivity.

1,J.3 Embracing Interoperability and Integration Motorola Solutions is an active participant in establishing P25 standards for interoperability. The proposed console is a key component for the interoperability of the ASTRO 25 system. When a situation requires coordination between multiple agencies, the proposed dispatcher can patch together Mutual Aid radios and required subscribers on the ASTRO 25 system.

Incident conversations are seamless from the moment of the patch initiation and can be used like any talkgroup conversation within the Land Mobile Radio (LMR) network. The dispatcher can also take part in and monitor conversations for the duration of the incident, as necessary.

1.3.3.1 Integration with the ASTRO 25 Network The proposed console seamlessly integrates into the proposed ASTRO 25 system without interface boxes, digital voice gateways, or backroom electronics for an integrated, mission-· critical network. This tight union between radio infrastructure and console equipment has several operational benefits to City of Santa Fe.

The physical space to accommodate the proposed console is comparable to that required for a personal computer. The console can access both trunked talkgroups and conventional radio channels over the same network. This architecture reduces overall transport costs and the need for duplicate fixed network equipment.

1.3.3.2 Connection to ASTRO 25 System The flexibility of the ASTRO 25 system architecture allows the connection of the proposed console to be suited specifically to the City and County's needs.

Public Safety Radio Communications Syslem Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 33 fl,~ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Descriptl _ City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

1.3.3.3 Dual Site Links Dual site gateways will provide an interface that handles the following IP traffic between the dispatch center and the City and County's ASTRO 25 system's core site:

(l; Call control and audio traffic for all the calls being handled by the dispatch positions.

@ Aux 1/0 traffic for the Aux I/Os being handled by the dispatch positions. The site gateway fragments large IP packets according to industry standards, prioritizes packets, and converts Ethernet data to the desired transport medium.

1.3.3.4 LAN Switches The site LAN switches provide LAN interfaces for console site equipment and a LAN port for the link to the core site. Through the switch, service technicians can access the system's configuration manager and service the equipment.

Making Consoles Easy to Operate Motorola Solutions designs its proposed console to provide mission-critical audio between the dispatcher and users in the field. It is optimized for real-time audio, prioritizing emergency calls over other traffic, and minimizing voice queuing. Using robust error mitigation to maintain call quality even when the system is heavily loaded, the proposed console reduces communication errors that may force dispatchers or radio users to repeat their transmissions.

1.3.4.1 Customizable Dispatch Interface The proposed console provides dispatchers with a graphical user interface (GUI) that can be customized by agency or by individual users to optimize user efficiency. Based on dispatcher preference, the proposed GUI can be customized to show details of trunked and conventional RF channels on a per-channel basis.

Busy dispatchers can respond to a missed call by simply clicking on an entry in the Activity Log. The number of calls and call information displayed in the Activity Log is customizable to suit the needs of the user. The status of Auxiliary I/Os can be easily interpreted from the GUI with the use of familiar graphical icons, such as a door shown open or closed.

1.3.4.2 Standard Radio Transmission and Reception A typical proposed dispatch position has a headset and two speakers. One speaker is for selected audio and the second speaker is for all remaining unselected audio. Additional speakers can be added to a console allowing dispatchers to configure a specific speaker for a set of designated audio sources. This simplifies multitasking between multiple audio sources and allows flexibility in the way the audio is presented to the dispatcher. R®c®ivi11g Calls from the Field and Other Dispaiq::hi@rs The proposed console provides dispatchers with greater flexibility for how to hear calls from field radio users and other dispatchers. Each dispatcher can define his or her own audio reception profile by selecting a single audio source, whether conventional or talkgroup, to be

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover34 page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Res{-ricted System Descriptii!.. . . . City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

heard on a selected speaker or headset (Single Select). The dispatcher can also define groups of radio resources that can all be heard on a selected speaker or headset (Multi Select ). Initiating Calls to the Field and Other Dispatchers The dispatcher has several different ways of initiating a call. In most circumstances, a General Transmit is appropriate. With the General Transmit, the dispatcher selects a resource on the console and activates the transmission through a footswitch, headset transmit button, or a microphone transmit button. If the dispatcher needs to quickly transmit on a resource that is not selected, the dispatcher uses the Instant Transmit function.

An Instant Transmit safety switch prevents accidental activation of functions that may cause negative consequences. The safety switch can be used with Aux I/Os and preprogrammed pages, as well as Instant Transmit switches. Audio Communication to the Field and Other Dispatchers The dispatcher can transmit audio in different ways. They can make calls to all users listening to a specific conventional radio resource or a specific trunking talkgroup. When multiple resources are required, the dispatcher can select additional talkgroups and/or conventional channels, as needed using the Multi-Select feature.

The proposed console also enables dispatchers to make private calls to individual field radio users or dispatchers. Once a private call is established, it can be patched in with another resource at the dispatcher's discretion. Controlling Console Audio The proposed console offers dispatchers several different ways of controlling or muting the audio on their consoles, such as the following:

"' Audio volume can be changed for any specific resource.

® All non-selected resources on the console can be muted for 30 seconds (All Mute)or unmuted, if already muted.

0 A dispatcher can transmit on a resource while receiving audio from the same resource or other resources.

Q> A dispatch position can be configured to automatically mute the other dispatch audio on a shared resource to prevent acoustic feedback when a co-located dispatch position transmits.

® RF Cross Mute automatically mutes the receive audio from a specified channel when the dispatcher transmits on another specified channel to prevent acoustic feedback.

1.3.4.3 Emergency Radio Transmission and Reception As part of a mission-critical communications network, the proposed console facilitates immediate prioritization and resolution of emergency communications between the City and County's dispatch and first responders in the field. This enables dispatchers and first responders to focus on their mission and not their equipment, especially during critical situations. RecraivnITT!g an Em®rrgency When a user in the field or another dispatcher initiates an emergency call, the console emits both visual and audible indications (Emergency Alarm). The audible indication alerts the

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 35 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Descript City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

dispatcher that an emergency is underway; the visual indication directs the dispatcher's attention to the specific resource making the emergency call. The dispatcher can immediately reserve a voice channel for the duration of the emergency. Responding to an Emergency Call A dispatcher can bypass the standard console interface to auto-open a quick list, which contains specific controls for recognizing an emergency call, initiating an emergency call, and ending an emergency call (Auto-Open of Quick List). The dispatcher can then recognize the emergency call, which ends the audible emergency indication and notifies all dispatchers that the emergency is being addressed (Emergency Recognize).

The audible emergency indication may also be muted bya dispatcher without recognizing the emergency alarm (Mute Tones at a Single Op). This can be used in a situation where one agency is monitoring a channel that belongs to another agency. That channel can be configured to not generate audible and/or visual emergency indications. Ending an Emergency Call When an emergency is over, the dispatcher can end the Emergency Alarm. The visual indication on the dispatch position GUI is removed, and the console informs the other dispatch positions that the emergency is over (Emergency End/Knockdown). The emergency mode remains active on the initiating radio unit until it is ended (reset) by the radio user. Radio Patch Control The dispatcher can patch communication between trunked and/or conventional radios that are normally unable to communicate with each other due to different features, programming, or even different frequency bands. A patch group is a group of linked resources that can both receive messages from a console and transmit to all other members of the patch group. Setting up a Standard Patch Patches are supported between trunked resources and/or conventional resources. After the patch is created, the dispatch position transmits all audio on one resource to all other resources in the patch group. In a patch between trunked resources, patched radio users with displays see the JD or alias of the other patched radio(s), as opposed to that of the console. This minimizes confusion and the need for the dispatcher to intervene in the call. Patches are automatically reestablished, if interrupted, so the dispatcher can concentrate on continuing operations. Predefined Patches Patches can be predefined and automatically reinitiated each time a dispatch position

computer is restarted (Patch Auto 0 Start).

1.3.4.4 Call Management and Control The dispatcher can use the following functionality to manage and control audio for different types of calls between a dispatch position and radio users or other dispatchers.

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover36 page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Rostrlcte

Automatic Prioritization of Calls Calls on the dispatch position are prioritized through a transmission hierarchy. Calls from primary supervisors take priority over those from secondary supervisors, which in turn take priority over non-supervisors. Instant Transmit or All-Points Bulletin (APB) transmissions, regardless of whether they are from a supervisor, take priority over general or patch transmissions.

Multiple dispatchers can be designated as primary supervisors on the same system, which is useful when multiple agencies share one system. With the Network Manager Client installed, supervisors can disable and enable console functionality as needed.

Manual Prioritization of Calls System Access Priority Select allows a dispatcher to prioritize trunked resources on the system as either normal or tactical. A dispatcher can change the priority of a trunked resource to tactical to give the resource a better chance of gaining communication access on a busy system. Only emergency calls have a higher priority than tactical.

When the System Access Priority Select status of a resource is changed, it is updated at all dispatch positions in the systems that are monitoring that trunked resource.

Using the MultimSelect Feature The Multi-Select feature allows a dispatch position to define groups of selected radio resources. When a Multi- Select group is opened, all of the resources in the group are simultaneously selected. Resources can be added or removed from a MultiwSelect group while the group is open. The dispatcher can transmit on several resources simultaneously or can listen to multiple resources simultaneously in their headset or select speakers.

Standard Cail Indications The dispatch position indicates the availability of any given resource, regardless of whether the resource is involved in a transmission. An inbound call indication provides the dispatcher with a visual cue of audio activity on a radio resource and allows a dispatcher to see at a glance what the status of a resource is at any moment.

Call Alerting A dispatcher can use Call Alert to page an unattended radio or dispatch position through a series of beeps and an indication of the sender's ID. When available, the radio user or dispatcher sees the unit ID of the calling dispatch position or radio ID and is able to return the call. Additionally, a Call Alert can trigger an activity. For instance, a Call Ale1i may cause a vehicle's horn to sound and its lights to flash. The dispatcher can even send a Call Alert to a user who is involved in voice and data communications over the network.

1,3.5 Incorporating Console Configurition And Manaigement The proposed console system is configured and managed by the same configuration manager, fault manager, and pe1iormance reporting applications as the radio system. The user can define exactly which resources are available and how they are presented to the dispatcher. This provides the City and County with a single point for configuring and

Public Safety Hadio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover37 page. Motorola Solutions Confidential l'?estricted System Descripti...... 7 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

managing the entire ASTRO 25 system. Changes are automatically distributed throughout the system.

This centralized approach saves valuable time and effort for system administrators and technicians and reduces the errors that can occur when radio IDs and other data are entered at multiple locations. In addition, call traffic and performance reports for each dispatch position can be generated from the system's network manager, enabling administrators to quickly and easily ensure optimal effectiveness and efficiency.

Dispatch Console Solution Components The proposed components are connected together and to the rest of the ASTRO 25 system on an IP network through console site routers and switches. The console functions as an integrated component of the total radio system and fully participates in system-level features, such as end-to-end encryption and Agency Partitioning.

The console connects directly to the radio system's IP transport network without gateways or interface boxes. Audio processing, encryption, and switching intelligence for dispatch are performed within each software-based dispatch position without additional centralized electronics. Since the network is IP-based, the system interfaces and components can be distributed physically throughout the network. Some of the available console components are identified below.

1.3.6.1 MCC 7500E Dispatch Position The dispatch position supports commercially available accessories, including a USB microphone, USB headset, and USB footswitch, as shown in the figure titled "MCC 7500E Dispatch Position." The following list describes the components included in the proposed configuration.

,-;:;-:Aft) ,,,;::?·'" 1/7' (/ Local Log~ing Recordor -- · Instant 11ecall 11ecorcler ··"""······ Computer , Personal Display I External Paging EncodP.r .... --- D€sktop lJesl\top Computer Spaakor Spoaker Ex!Gmal Telophonr. System------

Desktop Microphnno

FootswitGh --··

Figure 5: MCC 'T500E Dispatch Position supports multiple accessories. Audio lniertaic® Module (AIM) The USB Audio lntetface Module (AIM) acts as an interface between analog devices and the dispatch position and as a general purpose input/output module. The USB AIM supports audio routing between the dispatcher and Motorola Solutions standard peripherals. The USB AIM connects to the MCC 7C)00E dispatch position with a USB cable.

Public Safety Hadio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal ls subject to the restrictions on the cover38 page. IV/o(orola Solutions Confidential Restricted Sys/em Descripti.._,,. , . - City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Personal Computer (PC) The personal computer included with the dispatch position is Windows-based and certified by Motorola Solutions.

Computer Display The dispatch position will use a 22" Computer Display with Touch Screen.

Enhanced Integrated Instant Recall Recorder (IRR) The Enhanced lRR is seamlessly integrated with the dispatch position's software, allowing audio and call data from any radio or telephony resource to be recorded and easily played back. Call data includes PTI IDs, name of resource, start time and date, and stop time and date. Two analog inputs are available for use with recording audio from external devices.

Desktop Speakers Two audio speakers have been included with each dispatch position and can be configured to transmit audio from a specific talkgroup or set of talkgroups. Each speaker is a self contained unit with individual volume controls, and can be placed on a desktop or mounted on a rack or computer display.

Headset Jack The dispatch position supports up to two headset jacks, both Push-to-Talk (PTT) and non PIT-enabled, for simultaneous use by the dispatcher and a supervisor. The headset jack contains two volume controls for the separate adjustment of received radio and telephone audio.

Gooseneck Microphone The microphone controls the dispatch position's General Transmit and monitor features through two buttons on its base. The microphone can be fastened down or left loose. It can be used alone or in conjunction with a headset. Footswitch Each dispatch position includes a dual pedal footswitch that controls General Transmit and monitor functions.

1.3.1 Additional Equipment Per your request, we have included the following additional items to extend the functionality of the console to meet the City and County's needs.

GCP BOOO Conventional Site Controller Equipment

Public Safety Hadio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to !he restrictions on the cover page. 39 ~,~ Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Descrir- . . J City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

The GCP 8000 Conventional Site Controller supports site conventional operation where a Conventional Channel Gateway (CCGW) is located at a dispatch console site. If the link between the console site and the master site is lost, the GCP 8000 enables dispatchers to communicate over conventional resources.

Ell'ilhanced Conventkmai Channel Gateway An Enhanced Conventional Channel Gateway (ECCGWs) provides the interface for analog and ASTRO 25 conventional channels to the ASTRO 25 radio system infrastructure. The ECCGW can support combinations of analog, MDC 1200, ACIM Link, digital, and mixed mode channels simultaneously. An ECCGW can also be used in combination as a console site router or an RF site router, provided the WAN link is not redundant. Two High Density ECCGW's (each with eight ports) have been included with this proposal.

e Analog Configuration - The ECCGW provides two sets of ports that are used with analog channels. One set is called the Analog Ports and contains the analog inputs and outputs for the channels along with a CORI Coded/ Clear input and a PTT Relay output. The other set is called the Supplemental 1/0 Ports and contains analog logging recorder outputs and various inputs that can be used with the analog channel.

1.3.8 logging The City and County of Santa Fe currently utilizes an analog recorder to record radio traffic and has indicated the wish to continue to utilize this recorder with the proposed system. Analog recorders can interface to the dispatch site through the available CCGW logging ports and through the local logging port of the AIM. As such, a recording solution has not been included as part of this project.

1.3.9 Fire Station Alerting The City and County of Santa Fe currently uses DTMF tones to provide fire station alerting. At each of the fire stations is a XTL 5000 consolette with a DTMF decoder that when the correct tones are received cause audio to be directed to the PA system and station lights to be activated. DTMF through a P25 system is only available using the APX series of radios. To provide continued fire station alerting, it is proposed that Call Alert be used as a replacement for DTMF. Call Alert provides a means to page the station radio, which in turn produces an output from the radio to drive light and siren relays. The existing DTMF decoder will be replaced with a relay box to provide the relay functionality. Using Call Alert also provides for an acknowledged page. When a Call Alert is sent to the station radio, the radio will acknowledge the page has been received and processed. The dispatch operator will then receive an indication as to whether the alert has been successful.

Subscriber units are not included as part of this proposal. It is assumed that all existing radios to be utilized on the proposed P25 system will be equipped with the P25 feature set. For those radios that currently do not have the P25 feature set within the radio, these radios will require a flash upgrade to provide this functionality. Flash upgrades are also not included within this proposal. It is important to note that the flash upgrades for XTL and XTS

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the reslriclions on the cover40 page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Descript City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

radios are no longer available. The City and County of Santa Fe has previously purchased a stock of flash upgrades for XTL and XTS radios. In the event that a sufficient quantity is not available within this stock to cover all XTL and XTS radios, any unflashed radios will need to be replaced with APX series radios to operate on the P25 system.

The proposed system is licensed for use of up to 2000 radios. Additional licenses may be added to the system at an additional cost.

A set of suggested spares has been included as optional pricing in this proposal. A single unit of each suggested item is included within this optional pricing.

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page.

,;} Motorola Solutions Gonfidential Restricted System Oescrip 41 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

SECTION 2

' ' I

The equipment included with the proposed system is provided below:

MASTER 1 CA02831AB ADD: M2 REDUNDANT ZONE {UP TO 24 SITES} MASTER 1 CA03117AA ADD: M2 • REDUNDANT HW MASTER CA02838AA ADD: NM/ZC RACK MASTER CA02113AA ADD: ASTRO 25 FDMA TRKG OPERATION MASTER UA00153AA ADD: ASTRO 25 FDMA SITE LICENSE MASTER 1 UA00407AA ADD: CLASSIC DATA-P25 TRNK SITE MASTER 2 UA00156AA ADD: MCC7500 CONSOLE LICENSES (QTY 5) MASTER 4 UA00152AA ADD:500 RADIO USER LICENSES MASTER 1 CA01316AA ADD: UNC ADDTL DEVICE UC (QTY 10) MASTER 1 CA01724AF ADD: BACK UP & RECOVERY (BAR) 7.17 MASTER CA02835AB ADD:WINDOW SUPPLEMENTAL TRANS CONFIG 7.17 MASTER 17 CA02193AA ADD: ANTI-MALWARE DEF UPDATE UC MASTER UA00136AA ADD: UNIFIED NETWORK CONFIGURATOR (UNC) MASTER UA00147AA ADD: PROVISIONING MANAGER MASTER UA00146AA ADO: UNIFIED EVENT MANAGER (UEM) MASTER UA00141AA : ZONEWATCH GRID & CTRL MASTER UA00144AA ADD: ZONE HISTORICAL RPTS ---,-··-- ---·--- MASTER UA00151AA ADD: AFFL!ATION USER RPTS MASTER UA00149AA ADD: RADIO CONTROL MANAGER MASTER UA00150AA ADD: DYNAMIC REPORTS MASTER OSQNAP4BAYW4HDDS QNAP TS-453A 4-BA Y WITH 4 SEAGATE 2TB NAS HDD MASTER 1 OS11011188 POU, 120/240 SPLIT PH OR N+1 REDUNDANT, 60A MAX PER

PHASE, SIX DEDICAT , ...,...... ,,__..,,..,.,, _, __ .,,....,..,...,,.,..,....,.., __ ~-·--"'-"""" ______MASTER 12 DS3750297 BREAKER, i5AMP, CB UL489 LISTED FOR AC EDGE II (1101-1188) MASTER 2 DSRMP615A SPD, TYPE 3, 120V RACK MOUNT, 15A PLUG-IN W/ (6) 15A NEMA 5-15 OUTLETS MASTER 2 DS1101990 SPD, SHIELDED RJ-45 JACK, SINGLE UNE GBE (1000MBPS) R56 COMPLIANT MASTER DSTSJADP RACK MOUNT GROUND BAR, 19 IN FOR TSJ AND WPH SERIES DATA SPDS ---·--· --·---- MASTER SQM01 SUM0238 SRC7500 SWITCHING ROUTING CENTER (7.13 AND BEYOND) -·------~=-,~-- '"-'-"'..... ~---,,.,.,.-~---·-..... ~--, ·-~-,_, _ _,___._ ... ,.. ,...,....,_~-·-··-·---·------"'*"-·~---~~·""'"'"

Public; Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restriclions on the cover page. 42 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Equipmeni _ __ _ ' City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

MASTER CA03130M ADD: SRC 7500 FOR 7.17 MASTER CA02152M DUAL CORE LAN SWITCHES (HP3800-48 PORT) MASTER CA01345M ADD: DUAL GATEWAY ROUTERS STANDARD MASTER CA01350M ADD: QTY 1 PAIR CORE ROUTERS ETH MASTER CA01360M ADD: CORE BACKHAUL SWITCHES MASTER CA02873M ADD: MOUNT SRC IN 7.5FT OPEN RACK MASTER DVN4046B MASTER SYSTEM KEY ST ARTER KIT MASTER TT3225 22 MINI WORKSTATION 258G 8G NON RET MASTER 1 DSF2B56M USS EXTERNAL DVD DRIVE MASTER 1 DSTG221B TECH GLOBAL EVOLUTION SERIES 221NCH NON TOUCH MASTER T8363 ASTRO 7.17 CLIENT MASTER DDN2282 CRYSTAL REPORTS 2013 SP6 MASTER DSTRAK88353M GPS CLOCK, 10MHz, RUBIDIUM, 48V INCL ANT AND 100' COAX W/DONGLE SNMPV3 MASTER DSTRAKP001134 AC POWER SUPPLY FOR 8835 GPS CLOCK MASTER 50 L1700 FSJ1-50A CABLE: 1/4" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT MASTER 4 DDN9769 F1PNM-HC 1/4" TYPE N MALE CONNECTOR FOR FSJ1-50A CABLE DISPATCH 2 CLN1868 2930F 24-PORT SWITCH DISPATCH SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY DISPATCH CA01616M ADD: AC POWER DISPATCH SQM01 SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY DISPATCH CA01616M ADD: AC POWER DISPATCH B1949 MCC 7500E SOFTWARE DVD DISPATCH 1 81948 MCC 7500E DISPATCH POSITION LICENSES DISPATCH 10 UA00252M ADD: 60 RADIO RESOURCES LICENSE DISPATCH 10 UA00653M ADD: BASIC CONSOLE OPERATION DISPATCH 10 UA00654AA ADD: ASTRO 25 TRUNKING OPERATION DISPATCH 10 UA00661M ADD: ENHANCED IRR DISPATCH 10 TT3225 22 MINI WORKSTATION 258G 8G NON RET DISPATCH 10 DSTG221B TECH GLOBAL EVOLUTION SERIES 221NCH NON TOUCH DISPATCH 10 T7449 WINDOWS SUPPLEMENT AL TRANS CONFIG DISPATCH 10 T7885 MCAFEE WINDOWS AV CLIENT DISPATCH 10 B1941 USS AUDIO INTERFACE MODULE ----· DISPATCH 20 B1913 MCC SERIES HEADSET JACK DISPATCH 10 131914 MCC SERIES DESKTOP GOOSENECK MICROPHONE -· ------·------··---~~.. ~.,,..,.,.,, .. .,...,__,~~-, .. --,.-··--~--~-·--,----.--...... -----

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 43 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Equipmem __ ... .2 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

DISPATCH 10 DSTWIN6328A PROVIDES ONE DUAL PEDAL FOOT SWITCH FOR USE WITH MOTOROLA MCC 7500 DISP DISPATCH 10 CDN6673 PC DESKTOP SPEAKERS DISPATCH 10 DSUSB31000S STARTECH USB 3.0 TO GIGABIT ETHERNET ADAPTER DISPATCH DSF2B56AA USB EXTERNAL DVD DRIVE DISPATCH SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY DISPATCH CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER DISPATCH CA02086AA ADD: HIGH DENSITY ENH CONV GATEWAY DISPATCH 1 SQM01 SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY DISPATCH CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER DISPATCH CA02086AA ADD: HlGH DENSlTY ENH CONV GATEWAY DISPATCH T7038 GCP 8000 SITE CONTROLLER DISPATCH CA00303AA ADD: QTY (1) SITE CONTROLLER DISPATCH X153AW ADD: RACK MOUNT HARDWARE DISPATCH CA01136AA MCC 7500 CONVEN SITE OPER DISPATCH CA00717AA ADD: ASTRO SYSTEM RELEASE 7.17 DISPATCH F4543 SITE MANAGER BASIC DISPATCH VA00874 ADD: AUX 1-0 SERV FW CURR ASTRO REL DISPATCH 1 V266 ADD: 90VAC TO 260VAC PS TO SM DISPATCH 3 V592 AAD TERM BLCK &CONN WI DISPATCH 1 TRN7343 SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK DISPATCH DS11011188 PDU, 120/240 SPLIT PH OR N+1 REDUNDANT, 60A MAX PER PHASE, SIX DED!CAT DISPATCH 12 DS3750297 BREAKER, 15 AMP, CB UL 489 LISTED FOR AC EDGE II (1101-1188) ASR SQM01 SUM7054 GTR 8000 EXPANDABLE SITE SUBSYSTEM -~---·,..,~ ~~~-,.....,....,------· -y------.------·-·------ASR CA00717M ADD: ASTRO SYSTEM RELEASE 7.17 ASR CA00855M ADD: 700/800 MHZ ----~------ASR X305AC ADD: QTY (5) GTR 8000 BASE RADIOS ASR 5 X591AE ENH: ASTRO 25 SITE REPEATER SW ASR 1 CA02686M ADD: AC DC POWER DISTRIBUTION --- ASR 1 CA00862M ADD: SITE &CABINET RMC W/CAPABILITY OF 7-24 BRS ASR CA00879M ADD: PRIMARY 6 PORT CAVITY COMBINER ASR CA00883M ADD: 800 MHZ TX FILTER W/PMU ASR 2 CA00303M ADD: QTY (1) SITE CONTROLLER ------·-· ASR 2 CA03177M ADD: ASTRO SITE REPEATER SC S\IV ------2 CA01706AA ADD: ADD: GGM 8000 GATEWAY ASR ______] ______, ______...---~-·-- ,_,_..,_-...,.--.,,._,.,~~---'<•,_,,,,,._.,.. ,,,.,_.,.,...,.,,._.~,_..-.,_~~.~...... ,,·,,,,...._,,,~,,-<,~,--w._-,..,""•.,..~'-"~'-•<~~~~~~-•-•-••---

Public Safety Hadio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover44 page. Molorola Solutions Confidenlial Restricted Equipment ~,u, ~ " City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

ASR X882AH ADD: 7.5 FT OPEN RACK, 48RU ASR SQM01SUM7054 GTR 8000 EXPANDABLE SITE SUBSYSTEM ASR CA00717AA ADD: ASTRO SYSTEMRELEASE 7.17 ASR CA00855AA ADD: 700/800 MHZ ASR X305AC ADD: QTY (5) GTR 8000 BASE RADIOS ASR 5 X591AE ENH: ASTRO 25 SITE REPEATER SW ASR CA02686AA ADD: AC DC POWER DISTRIBUTION ASR CA00877AA ADD: CABINET RMC FOR EXPANSION RACK ASR CA00880AA ADD: EXPANSION 6 PORT CAVITY COMBINER ASR CA01058AA ADD: 700/800 PHASING HARNESS ASR 2 CA00884AA ADD: QTY (1) XHUB ASR X882AH ADD: 7.5 FT OPEN RACK, 48RU ASR SQM01SUM7054 GTR 8000 EXPANDABLE SITE SUBSYSTEM ASR CA00717AA ADD: ASTRO SYSTEM RELEASE 7.17 ASR CA00855AA ADD: 700/800 MHZ ASR X305AC ADD: QTY (5) GTR 8000 BASE RADIOS ASR 5 X591AE ENH: ASTRO 25 SITE REPEATER SW ASR CA02686AA ADD: AC DC POWER DISTRIBUTION ASR CA00877AA ADD: CABINET RMC FOR EXPANSION RACK ASR CA00879AA ADD: PRIMARY 6 PORT CAVITY COMBINER ASR CA00883AA ADD: 800 MHZ TX FILTER W/PMU ASR 2 CA00884AA ADD: QTY (1) XHUB ASR 1 X882AH ADD: 7.5 FT OPEN RACK, 48RU ASR 2 DS1101990 SPD, SHIELDED RJ-45 JACK, SINGLE LINE GBE (1000MBPS) R56 COMPLIANT ASR DSTSJADP RACK MOUNT GROUND BAR, 19 IN FOR TSJ AND WPH SERIES DATA SPDS ASR DS428E83101T TTA, NON-DIVERSITY, 796-824 MHZ, REDUNDANT LNA, TEST PORT, BYPASS ASR DS428E83101 C110 CONTROL MONITORING UNIT, NON-DIVERSITY, 796-824 MHZ, SNMP,110 VAC ASR_TX1 DSCC80706 OMNI, CORPORATE COLLINEAR, 6 DBD, 746-870 MHZ, PIM & 25 KW PIP RATED ASR_TX1 15 L1705 LDF4-50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HEUAX POLY JKT PER FOOT ASR_ TX1 2 DDN1090 L4TDM-PSA 7-16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE ASR_TX1 2 TDN9289 221213 CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING ...... ,.__. _____,.,,,.,_ ... --.,... _____ .,,_...... ,.. __ =~··-~·-···· -·----···-"--"""- .... -.. -·---··-.. -.. -· ...... ~-~------·--·~--- ASR_TX1 150 L3323 AVA5-50, 7/8 IN VIRTUAL AIR COAXIAL CABLE, CORRUGATED COPPER ·--~--.. ----~...,...... ,,.,,..__ ,-~------·-~-.~-~-~~-~~~-· ~--·--·--·-----·""~··=·"-"'"'""~=...... "....,..,""=--,...... ,,,.., ______

Public Safely Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject lo the restrictions on the cover page. 45 Motorola Solutions Confidential Resfricted Equipme . -·-· _ .4 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

ASR_TX1 2 DDN1077 7-161N DIN FEMALE CONNECTOR EZ-FIT FOR 7/81N CABLE (MOTOROLA SPECIFIC) ASR_TX1 4 DSSG7806B2A SG78-06B2A GROUNDING KIT FOR 7/8 IN COAXIAL CABLE ASR_TX1 DSL5SGRIP L5SGRIP 7/8" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP ASR_TX1 DSTSXDFMBF RF SPD, 698-2700MHZ DC BLOCK HIGH PWR, DIN FEM/MALE Bl- DIR W/ BRACKET ASR_TX1 DSGSAKITD GROUND STRAP KIT - DIN ASR_TX1 25 L1705 LDF4-50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT ASR_TX1 2 DDN1090 L4TDM-PSA 7-16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE ASR_TX2 DSCC80706 OMNI, CORPORATE COLLINEAR, 6 DBD, 746-870 MHZ, PIM &25 KW PIP RATED ASR_TX2 15 L1705 LDF4-50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIA)( POLY JKT PER FOOT ASR_TX2 2 DDN1090 L4TDM-PSA 7-16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE ASR_TX2 2 TDN9289 221213 CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING ASR_TX2 150 L3323 AVA5-50, 7/8 IN VIRTUAL AIR COAXIAL CABLE, CORRUGATED COPPER ASR_TX2 2 DDN1077 7-161N DIN FEMALE CONNECTOR EZ-FIT FOR 7/81N CABLE (MOTOROLA SPECIFIC) ASR_TX2 4 DSSG7806B2A SG78-06B2A GROUNDING KIT FOR 7/8 IN COA)(IAL CABLE ASR_TX2 DSL5SGRIP L5SGRIP 7/8" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP ASR_TX2 DSTSXDFMBF RF SPD, 698-2700MHZ DC BLOCK HIGH PWR, DIN FEM/MALE Bl- DIR W/ BRACKET ASR_TX2 DSGSAKITD GROUND STRAP KIT - DIN ASR_TX2 25 L1705 LDF4-50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIA)( POLY JKT PER FOOT ASR_TX2 2 DDN1090 L4TDM-PSA 7-16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE ASR_RX DSCC80706 OMNI, CORPORATE COLLINEAR, 6 DBD, 746-870 MHZ, PIM &25 KW PIP RATED ASR__RX 15 L1705 LDF4-50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIA)( POLY JKT PER FOOT --- ASR_RX DDN1090 L4TDM-PSA 7-16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE --·---.,,.,,,.,,~...... ,-- ASR_RX DDN1088 L4TNM-PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE ASR_RX 5 TDN9289 221213 CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING ASR .. RX 5 L1705 LDF4-50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT ~.....,.,v....,..,-,,.,....,.,.,,..,._..,,_..... ,_,,,,_.,_,., ____ =··----~---.. -~----~-,_..,,~__, ' - ASR_RX 2 0DN1088 L4TNM-PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE ASR .. RX 150 L3323 AVA5-50, 7/8 IN VIRTUAL AIR COAXIAL CABLE, CORRUGATED COPPER ASR_RX 2 DDN1079 78EZNF-M N FEMALE MOT CONNECTOR (MOTOROLA SPECIFIC) ASR_RX 4 DSSG7806B2A SG78-06B2A GROUNDING KIT FOR 7/8 IN COAXIAL CABLE -~···~~-··-~~··--- ASR_RX DSL5SGRIP L5SGRIP 7/8" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP -·--'

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 46 Motorola Solutions Conficfential Restricted Eqvipmem .. __ City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

ASR_RX 150 L1705 LDF4-50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT ASR_RX DDN1088 L4TNM-PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE ASR_RX DDN1089 L4TNF-PSA TYPE N FEMALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE ASR_RX 4 DSSG1206B2A SG12-06B2A 1/21N SURE GROUND GROUNDING KIT ASR_RX DSL4SGRIP L4SGRIP SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 1/2" LDF ASR_RX 2 DS1090501WA RF SPD, 700-1000MHZ BROADBAND 15 voe PASS NM ANT, NF EQUIP PIP, ASIG ASR_RX 25 L1702 FSJ4-50B CABLE: 1/2" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT ASR_RX 2 DDN9682 F4PNMV2-HC 1/2" TYPE N MALE PLATED CONNECTOR ASR_RX 25 L1702 FSJ4-50B CABLE: 1/2" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT ASR_RX 2 DDN9682 F4PNMV2-HC 1/2" TYPE N MALE PLATED CONNECTOR

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page.

Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Equipme, 47 6 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

SECTION 3

This Statement of Work (SOW) describes the deliverables to be furnished to the City and County of Santa Fe. The tasks described herein will be performed by Motorola, its subcontractors, and the City and County to implement the solution described in the System Description. It describes the actual work involved in installation, identifies the installation standards to be followed, and clarifies the responsibilities for both Motorola and the City and County during the project implementation. Specifically, this SOW provides:

(lo A summary of the phases and tasks to be completed within the project lifecycle.

0 A list of the deliverables associated with the project.

0 A description of the responsibilities for both Motorola and the City and County

0 The qualifications and assumptions taken into consideration during the developmentof this project. This SOW provides the most current understanding of the work required by both parties to ensure a successful project implementation. In particular, Motorola has made assumptions of the sites to be used for the new system. Should any of the sites change, a revision to the SOW and associated pricing will be required. It is understood that this SOW is a working document, and that it will be revised as needed to incorporate any changes associated with contract negotiations, Contract Design Review (CDR), and any other change orders that may occur during the execution of the project.

Motorola is proposing to the City and County a Project 25 replacement system consisting of an M2 Core, a 15-channel ASR Trunked Site and an MCC 7500E Dispatch Center.

Motorola has based the system design on information provided by the City and County and an analysis of the system requirements. All assumptions have been listed below for review. Should Motorola's assumptions be deemed incorrect or not agreeable to the City and County, a revised proposal with the necessary changes and adjusted costs may be required. Changes to the equipment or scope of the project after contract may require a change order.

® Santa Fe will supply all primary and backup power. Motorola assumes that the existing electrical panels at each site have load and breaker capacity for the new equipment being provided. " Motorola has assumed that the transmit antenna system, with 2 antennas, can be installed at the location of the current transmit antenna. One transmit antenna can be used for temporary operation of the old repeaters during cutover. "' Motorola has assumed that the City and County agencies will have obtained P25 capable radios by the time of installation of the RF site equipment.

® The City and County is responsible for any frequency license modifications required for Project 25.

@ Al! work is to be performed during normal work hours, Monday through Friday 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover48 page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statement of wt," _,-, City & County of Santa Fe November 26, 2016

"' Motorola assumes there is enough space at the Dispatch Site location for the new Core equipment.

® Motorola does not guarantee coverage for the ASR Site, and no coverage test will be performed. Coverage maps provided are for information only. e Motorola assumes there is enough space at the Dispatch Operations Center for the new MCC 7500E equipment to be installed in the back room, and at existing dispatch furniture. e Tower modifications or replacements for the RF site are not included in this proposal. No Structural Analysis is included in this proposal. The City and County of Santa Fe is responsible for any tower modifications required to accommodate the 3 new antennas

0 All conventional resources to be connected to the ECCGW at the dispatch center are capable of 2/4 Wire tone operation. The City and County of Santa Fe is responsible for supplying all conventional stations and control stations that they wish to be interfaced to the dispatch console ECCGW.

1/, Santa Fe County will provide Type 1 and Type 2 surge suppression protection for the equipment rooms and dispatch center, per R56 requirements. Type 1 and Type 2 suppression are not included in this proposal.

® Santa Fe County will provide al! dispatch furniture . ., Santa Fe County intends to continue use of the analog logging recorder. No logging recorder equipment or interface has been provided in this proposal.

@ The City and County of Santa Fe is responsible for the site link between the Dispatch Operations Center and the Core equipment.

0 The City and County of Santa Fe will provide storage space for the equipment that is shipped from the Motorola factory. "' Motorola will transport equipment from the storage location to each of the sites for installation.

@ The fleetmap information for the existing Smartnet system will be modified to a Project 25 fleetmap for inclusion in the new Core.

ei The City and County of Santa Fe will provide any required information and equipment to control the Smartnet system via the new consoles for temporary cutover purposes. This could include consolettes to interface to the dispatch console. Motorola assumes that this equipment is existing.

@ The City and County of Santa Fe will provide floor space for 4 racks of equipment to be installed at the RF/Master Site. This could require moving existing equipment to accommodate the new equipment.

0 The City and County of Santa Fe is responsible for R56 grounding upgrades required at the RF/Master site.

© Motorola is not responsible for interference caused or received by the Motorola provided equipment except for interference that is directly caused by the Motorola-provided transmitter(s) to the Motorola provided receiver(s). Should Santa Fe system experience

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this pt'Oposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 49 if\'\{Z;ef}:: Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statement of lt1,, City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

interference, Motorola can be contracted to investigate the source and recommend solutions to mitigate the issue.

® All existing sites or equipment locations will have sufficient space available for the system described as required/specified by Motorola's R56 Guidelines for Communications sites Motorola Solutions will install and configure the proposed equipment. The following table describes the tasks involved with installation and configuration.

Execute contract and distribute contract documents. X X

Assign a Project Manager as a single point of contact. X X

Assign resources. X X

Schedule project kickoff meeting. X X

Deliverable: Signed contract, defined project team, and scheduled project kickoff meeting.

Ensure that project team members attend all meetings X X relevant to their role on the ro·ect. Record and distribute project status meeting minutes. X Maintain responsibility for third-party services contracted X b Motorola Solutions. Complete assigned project tasks according to the project X X schedule. Submit project milestone completion documents. X Upon completion of tasks, approve project milestone X com letion documents. Conduct all project work Monday thru Friday, 7:30 a.m. X to 5:00 ._.-:.cm..c:..,__· ______,______,______---1 Deliverable: Completed and approved project milestones throughout the project.

Introduce team, review roles, and decision authority. X X 1------·------+------{ Present project scope and objectives. X

Review SOW responsibilities and project schedule. X X --+---·------+---- Schedule Design Review. x X ------· ----- Deliverable: Completed project l

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this pmposa! is subject to the restrictions on the cover page.

Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statement of We.. 50 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Present the system design and operational requirements X for the solution. Present installation plan. X Present preliminary cutover plan and methods to X document final cutover erocess. Present configuration and details of sites required by X s stern desi n. Validate that Santa Fe County sites can accommodate X X ro osed e ui ment. Provide approvals required to add equipment to X ro osed existin sites. -· Review safety, security, and site access procedures. X Present equipment layout plans and system design X drawin s. Provide backhaul performance specifications X and demarcation points. Provide heat load and power requirements for new X e ui men!. Provide information on existing system interfaces. X

Provide frequency and radio information for each site. X Review and update design documents, including System Description, Statement of Work, Project Schedule, and X Acceptance Test Plan, based on Design Review agreements. Execute Change Order in accordance with all material changes to the Contract resulting from the Design X Review. Deliverable: Finalized design documentation based upon "frozen" design, along with any relevant Chan e Order documentation.

Provide site owners/managers with written notice to provide entry to sites identified in the project design X documentation. Maintain access roads in order to provide clear and stable entry to sites for heavy-duty construction vehicles, cement trucks and cranes. Ensure that sufficient space is X available at the site for these vehicles to maneuver under their own power, without assistance from other e ui ment. Obtain site licensing and permitting, including site lease/ownership, zoning, permits, regulatory approvals, X easements, power, and telco co_r_:i.nections. ______------Deliverable: Access, permitting, and licensing necessary to install system equipment at each site.

Public; Safely Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 51 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statement of Wl . - . City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Provide necessary buildings, equipment shelters, and X towers for installation of ~~tem_e~u_i~p_m_e_n_t.______-+------1 Provide the R56 requirements for space, power, grounding, HVAC, and connectivity requirements at each X site. Provide adequate electrical power in proper phase and X volta e at sites. Provide as-built structural and foundation drawingsof the structures and site locations, along with geotechnical X re orts, in order to facilitate a structural anal sis. Perform structural analysis of towers, rooftops, or other structures to confirm that they are capable of supporting X ro osed and future antenna loads. Confirm that there is adequate utility service to support X the new e ui ment and ancillar e ui ment. Modify towers or other structures, or relocate sites in the system, to ensure that they are capable of supporting X ro osed and future antenna loads. Conduct site walks to collect pertinent information (e.g. X location of telco, ower, structures, etc. Ensure that each site meets the R56 standards for space, grounding, power, HVAC, and connectivity X re uirements. Deliverable: Information and permitting requirements completed at each site.

Provide adequate HVAC, grounding, lighting, cable routing, and surge protection based upon Motorola X Solutions' Standards and Guidelines for Communication Sites R56 Ensure the resolution of environmental and hazardous material issues at each site including, but not limited to, X asbestos, structural integrity (tower, rooftop, water tank, etc. , and other building risks. ----·----·---·----··-·-··---+------ Ensure that electrical service will accommodate installation of system equipment, including isolation X transformers, circuit breakers, surge protectors, and cablin . Provide obstruction-free area for the cable run between X the demarcation point and system equipment. Provide structure penetrations (wall or roof) for transmission equipment (e.g. antennas, microwave X radios, etc .. Supply interior building cable trays, raceways, conduits, X and wire ~-u..._.p..4p_o_rt-s.______+------+---· ----...... ; Pay for usage costs of power and generator fueling, both during the construction and installation effort, and on an X ongoing basts. Transport removed site equipment to a location designated Santa Fe County and within Santa Fe X

Public Safely Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposaf is subject to the restrictions on Ille cover52 page. Motorola SoluUons Confidential Restricted Statement of wJ,,, ,.,.., City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Create equipment order and reconcile to contract. X Manufacture Motorola Solutions-provided equipment X necessar for s stem based on e ui ment order. Deliverable: Equipment procured and ready for shipment.

Ship all equipment needed for staging to Motorola Solutions' Santa Fe County Center for Solutions X lnte ration CCSi . Provide information on existing system interfaces, room layouts, or other information necessary for the assembly X to meet field conditions. Set up and rack the solution equipment on a site-by-site basis, as it will be configured in the field at each of the X sites. Cut and label the cables with to/from information to specify interconnection for field installation and future X servicin needs. Complete the cabling/connecting of the subsystems to X each other "connectorization" of the subs stems . Assemble required subsystems to assure system X functionalit . Power up, load application parameters, program, and X test all sta ed e ui ment. Confirm system configuration and software compatibility X with the existin s stem. Inventory the equipment with serial numbers and X installation references. Review and approve proposed Factory Acceptance Test X Plan. Pay for travel, lodging, meals, and all incidental expenses for Santa Fe County personnel and X representatives to witness the Factory Acceptance Testin . ------·--!------{ Perform factory functional acceptance tests of system X features ------·------~- Conduct site and system level testing. X Pe1iorm system burn-in 24 hours a day during staging to X isolate and ~pture any defects. Deliverable: System staged and ready for shipment.

Provide secure location for solution equipment.

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 53 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statement of VI, City & County of Santa Fe I\Jovernber 28, 2018

Pack and ship solution equipment to the identified, or site X locations. Receive solution equipment. X

Inventory solution equipment. X

Deliverable: Solution equipment received and ready for installation

Deliver solution equipment to installation location. X Coordinate receipt of and inventory solution equipment X with desi nated contact. Install all proposed fixed equipment as outlined in the System Description based upon the agreed-upon floor plans, connecting audio, control, and radio transmission cables to connect equipment to the power panels or X receptacles, and audio/control line connection points. Installation performed in accordance with R56 standards and state/local codes. Provide system interconnections that are not specifically outlined in the system design, incfuding dedicated phone X circuits, microwave links, or other t es of connectivit Install and terminate all network cables between site routers and network demarcation points, including X microwave, leased lines, and Ethernet. Ensure that Type 1 and Type 2 AC suppression is X installed to rotect installed e ui ment. Connect installed equipment to the provided ground X 1--"------·--·"""-'""'---i's stem. ______Label equipment, racks, and cables. X Perform preliminary audit of installed equipment to ensure compliance with requirements and R56 X standards. Note any required changes to the installation for X _j_!]__ clusion in the "as-built" system documentation. Remove, transport, and dispose of old equipment. X

Deliverable: Equipment installed.

Install antennas, including supplying and installing new X side arm mounts Install towertop amplifiers. X

Install transmission lines required for system. X 1------.. ·------Provide structure penetrations for transmission X e ui ment_@.£1. antennas 81 microwave line.). Perform sweep tests on transmission lines. X

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover54 page. Motorola Solutions Confidential f'?.estricted Statement of Vv- ... - . Cily & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Provide and install attachment hardware for supporting X transmission lines on antenna su ort structure. Supply and install ground buss bar at the bottom of each X antenna su art structure. Deliverable: Antenna and Transmission Line installed.

Install fixed equipment contained in the equipment list X and s stem descri tion. Provide backhaul connectivity and associated equipment for all sites to meet latency, jitter and capacity X re uirements. Configure AST RO 25 system to support the-n-ew_R_F--+---·-~--- sites. Verify site link performance, prior to the interconnection X of the solution e ui ment to the link e ui ment. Provide list of subscriber IDs for loading into the Zone Controller. X Load subscriber IDs in the Zone Controller. X Provide required radio ID and alias information to enable X alias database setu for interface to consoles. Integrate the RF sites into the system to ensure proper X o eration. Deliverable: AST RO 25 core and remote site equipment installation completed.

Identify circuits for connection to console and a demarcation point located within 25 feet of the console X interface. Connect console to circuit demarcation points. X Install PC workstation w/ keyboard and mouse, and X monitor. Install an Audio lnteface Module (AIM) and purchased peripheral console equipment in accordance with R56 X standards and state/local codes. Develop templates for console programming. X

Perform console programming and configuration. X

Deliverable: Console equipment installation completed.

Perform R56 site-installation quality-audits, verifying proper physical installation and operational X confi urations. Create site evaluation report to ve-r-if_y_s-it_e_m_e_e-ts_o_r---i------1------ __exceeds _r~ql:l_i~:.!]1-~nts,_ as defined in_ M_otorol~~2Lt:Jtions' _ ·---·------~---·-·

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solullon Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page.

Motorola Solutions Confidential r~estricted Statement of I 55 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Verify that all equipment is operating properly and that all X electrical and si nal levels are set accurate! . Verify that all audio and data levels are at factory X settin s. Verify communication interfaces between devices for X ro er o eration. Ensure that functionality meets manufacturers' specifications and complies with the final configuration X established durin desi n review ors stem sta in . Deliverable: Completion of System Optimization.

Verify the operational functionality and features of the X solution su lied b Motorola Solutions, as contracted. Witness the functional testing. X Document all issues that arise during the acceptance X tests. If any major task for the system as contractually described fails during the City and County of Santa Fe acceptance testing or beneficial use, repeat that X particular task after Motorola Solutions determines that corrective action has been taken.------Resolve any minor task failures before Final System X Acceptance. f-----'------t------+------1 Document the results of the acceptance tests and X resent for review. Review and approve final acceptance test results. X

Deliverable: Completion of functional testing and approval by Santa Fe County.

Finalize schedule for training coursework. X f------1------·------Provide training facility. X Ensure thatthe training participants fulfill course X _p_rerequisites. _ ____ --···- .. -·-·-··---·----·-- Conduct the training classes outlined in the Training X f------·------+--··---·------1------lPlan. Attend proposed training classes. X ______._ __ Deliverable: Training coursework completed.

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 56 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statement of We,"' ..,-.,, City & County of Santa Fe November 28. 2018

Finalize Cutover Plan. X X Provide Motorola Solutions with user radio information for input into the system database and activation, as X re uired. Provide programming of user radios and related services (Le. template building, re-tuning, testing and X 1------'~---~-...... c---...... L.------1------installations , as needed, durin cutover eriod. Conduct cutover meeting with relevant personnel to address both how to mitigate technical and X communication problem impacts to the users during cutover and during the general operation of the system. Notify the personnel affected by the cutover of the date X and time planned for cutover. ·------1------i Provide ongoing communication with users regarding the X X ro·ect and schedule. Cut over users and ensure that user radios are operating X on s stem. Resolve punchlist items, documented during the Acceptance Testing phase, in order to meet all the X criteria for final system acceptance. Assist Motorola Solutions with resolution of identified----+------+------·--······· punchlist items by providing support, such as access to X the sites, equipment and system, and approval of the resolved unchlist items. Deliverable: Migration to new system completed, and punchlist items resolved.

Review the items necessary for transitioning the project X to warrant su port and service. Motorola Solutions to provide services during year 1 X warrant which ali n with the ro osed services. Provide a Santa Fe County Support Plan detailing the X warrant su ort associated wlth the contract e ui ment. Participate in the Transition Service/Project Transition X Ce~~ic~te{f:.lQ}pro_c_e_s_s.~~~~~~-~~~~~-...l...-. Deliverable: Service information delivered and approved by Santa Fe County

Provide manufacturer's installation material, part list and other related material to Santa Fe County upon project X completion.

Public Safely Fl.adio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restric!ions on the cover page. 57 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statement of L _... _ • J City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Provide an electronic as-built system manual on CD or other Santa Fe County preferred electronic media, The documentatlon will include the following: \ Site Block Diagrams. , Site Floor Plans. , Site Equipment Rack Configurations. \ Antenna Network Drawings for RF Sites (where applicable). X \ ATP Test Checklists. \ Functional Acceptance Test Plan Test Sheets and I Results. 1 \ Equipment Inventory Lisi. , Console Programming Template (where applicable). , Maintenance Manuals (where applicable). \ Technical Service Manuals (where applicable). Drawln swill be delivered in Adobe PDF format. Receive and approve documentation. X

Execute Final Project Acceptance. X X

Deliverable: All required documents are provided and approved. Fina! Project Acceptance.

Public; Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject lo the restrictions on the cover page. ' 58 Motorola Solutions Confidential Rest1icted Sratement of Wo,,,, ..,. , , City & County of Santa Fe November 28. 2018

SECTION 4

Project Schedule is included on the pages that follow.

Public Safely Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions 011 the cover page. 59 Motorola. Solutions Confidential Restricted Project Sci. --·- . .1 Preliminary Draft Schedule Task Name Duration Start Finish Qtr4 Qtr 3 implementation Projec~ 155d Fri 12/14/18 Thu 7/18/191 Contract 5d Fri 12(14/18 Thu 12/20/181 ~ Contract Award Od Fri 12/14/18 Fri 12/14/18 <~"l2/14

4 Contract Administration 5d Fri 12/14/18 Thu 12/20/181 ~ 5 Contract Design Review 10d Fri 1/11/19 Thu 1/24/19) Order Processi119 5d Fri 12/28/18 Thu 1/3/19[ Mam1facturing ancJ Staging 85cl Fri 12/28/1 S Thu 4/25119i Manufacture Motorola FNE 40d Fri 12/28/18 Thu2/21/191 Manufacture Non-Motorola Equipment 40d Fri 1212a/18 Thu 2/21 /191 10 itS!i Ship to Staging Od Thu 2/21/19 Thu 2/21/191 40,5.:: Stage System 20d Fri 2/22/19 Thu 3/21/19! 12'~~; Perform Staging ATP 5d Fri 3/22/19 Thu 3/28/19j ~::s: CCS! Acceptance Od Thu 3/28/19 Thu 3/28/19! 1 14 {:'}, Ship Equipment to Field 15d Fri 3/29/19 Thu 4/18/191 15 i:lili Receive and Inventory Equipment in Field Sd Fri 4/19/19 Thu 4/25/19, ~'ii} Warehouse Od Thu 4/25/19 Thu 4/25/19\ 17 !nstal!ation 14ol Fri 5/3/19 Wed si22i19j I 18 1 insila!l FNE E.quiment i Od Fri 5/3/19 Thu 5/16/191 ~(ti, Install FNE Master Site 5d Fri 5/3/19 Thu 5/9/191 20j('.;; Install FNE RF Site 10d Fri 5/3/19 Thu 5/16/19j -~frg FNE Installations Complete Od Thu 5/16/19 Thu 5/16/191· ~ Console Jnstal!ation 10cl Fri 5/3/19 Thu 5/16/19 ~;:';';:,, Console Install 10d Fri5/17/19 Thu 5/30/191 ~:;r\ Console Installations Complete Od Thu 5/30/19 Thu 5/30/1 Si ~ System Optimization 8d Fri 5/3/19 Tue 5114/19[ 26 i2'.ii: Link Verification 2d Fri 5/3/19 Mon 5/6/19\ ~--, ~tr; 27 ,:;;; Optimize System FNE 6d Tue 5/7/19 Tue 5/14/191 ~)~)~~

28\>Ek, Optimization Complete Dd Tue 5/14/19 Tue 5/14/191 ..;:,:· 5/14 29 Training 10d 1\/lon 5/27119 Fri 6nti9I ~ 30lr:~t1 Perform Training 10d Mon 5/27/19 Fri 6/7/19! Trnining Complete Od Fri 6/7/19 Fri6r71191 32 Audit ancJ Acceptance Testing 8d Wed 5115/19 Fri 5/24/i9i

Task :,®@W&M?.&'&W.~~'I! Inactive Milestone Finish-only Split Inactive Summary External Tasks

Project: City of Santa Fe Milestone 0 Manual Task External Milestone Preliminary Schedule Summary Duration-only Progress Thu 1 i/8118 (~ Project Summary ·e···&'·-~·-""·"''=4,; Manual Summary Ro!lup Deadline External Tasks

External Milestone <> Start-only

Page 1

60 Preliminary Draft Schedule

Fri 5/24/19 Cutover Mon 5/27119 Cutover 1d Mon 5/27/19 Cutover Complete Od Mon 5/27/19 Finalize 37d Tue 5/28/19 Punch!ist Resolution 25d Tue 5/28/19 Finalize Documentation 10d Tue 7i2/19 Transition to Service/PTC 2d Tue 7/16/19 Final Acceptance Od Wed 7/17/19

Project: City of Santa Fe Milestone Manual Task External Milestone Preliminary Schedule Summary Duration-only Progress Thu i 1!8/48 Project Summary Deadline External Tasks ~~,:~ffl~~#.@8~ Manual Summary

Page 2 61 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

SECTION 5

Wide Arna Trunking ~ fDMA Oli11y Sites 2.TEST

Step 1. Turn RADI0-1 off and on.

Auto Site Affiliation Step 2. Verify via ZoneWatch that RADI0-1 sends in its affiliation.

1. DESCRIPTION Step 3. Initiate a call using RADI0-1 on TALKGROUP 1.

Step 4. Verify RADI0-2 can receive and respond to A Radio affiliation is a function that links a unique the call. Using Z'.oneWatch verify that no radio ID and unique talkgroup to a specific site. This resources are assigned at SITE 2 as there information is stored in a affiliation table in the zone are no subscribers affiliated to TALKGROUP database. 1 at SITE 2. Before resources are assigned, the affiliation table is accessed to know which sites need to be assigned Step 5. Initiate a call on TALKGROUP 2 using to support the call. Only the sites that need to be RADI0-3. assigned that have associated talkgroups will be assigned. If the site does not have that talkgroup Step 6. Verify that RADI0-4 can receive and affiliated to it will not be assigned. This allows for respond to the call. Using ZoneWatch verify more calls to be processed with fewer resources. that no resources are assigned at SITE 1 as there are no subscribers affiliated to SETUP T ALKGROUP 2 at SITE 1.

RADI0-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-1 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-2 - T ALKGROUP 1 RADI0-2 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-3 - T ALKGROUP 2 RADI0-3 - SITE - SITE 2 RADI0-4 - TALKGROUP 2 RADI0-4 - SITE - SITE 2 This test requires the ZoneWatch feature.

Note: There are system settings which could affect the assignment of resources, such as required site.

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 62 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test f ·-· . ., , City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Wide Area Trunking .. FDMA Only Sites 2. TEST

Step 1. Initiate a Wide Area Call with RADI0-1 in TaJkgroup Cail TALKGROUP 1. · Step 2. Observe that only RADI0-2 will be able to monitor and respond to the call. 1. DESCRIPTION Step 3. Initiate a Wide Area Call with RADI0-3 in TALKGROUP 2. The Talkgroup is the primary level of organization for Step 4. Observe that only RAD 10-4 will be able to communications on a trunked radio system. Radios monitor and respond the call. with Talkgroup call capability will be able to communicate with other members of the same Talkgroup. This provides the effect of a private channel down to the Talkgroup level. This test will demonstrate that a Talkgroup transmission initiated by a radio user will only be heard by system users, which have, the same Talkgroup selected. As with other types of calls, Talkgroup calls can take place from anywhere in the system.

SETUP

RADI0-1 - SITE 1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-2 - SITE 2 - TALKGROUP 1 Pass__ Fail __ RADI0-3 - SITE 1 - TALKGROUP 2 RADI0-4 - SITE 2 - T ALKGROUP 2

VERSION #1.040

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 63 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test I ,u,, w-,. City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Wide Ar~a Trunking m FDMA Only Sit~s 2.TEST

Step 1. Turn OFF RADI0-1.

Conthn.11ous .Assignment Updating Step 2. Initiate a Talkgroup Call using RADI0-2 and verify RADI0-3 hears the audio.

1. DESCRIPTION Step 3. While the Talkgroup Calf is in progress, turn ON RADI0-1.

Step 4. Observe RADI0-1, which was just brought When a talkgroup is assigned a voice channel, the back into service, joins the Talkgroup Call site controller continues to transmit the channel already in progress. assignment on the control channel for the duration of the talkgroup call. Radios coming into use on the Step 5. End the talkgroup call. system are automatically sent to voice channels with conversations in progress involving their selected Step 6. Switch RADI0-1 to another talkgroup. talkgroups. Step 7. Initiate a Talkgroup Call from RADI0-2 to SETUP RADl0-3.

Step 8. While the Tafkgroup Call is in progress, set RADI0-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADIO-i back to TALKGROUP 1. RADI0-2 - T ALKGROUP 1 RADI0-3 - T ALKGROUP 1 Step 9. Observe that RADI0-1 joins the Talkgroup Call already in progress. VERSION #1.010

Pass~_Fail~

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subj1:ct to the restrictions on the C'.o'lQ.r64 .Dane. Motorola Solutions Confidential Rc~stricted Acceptance Test Pian 0-.:1 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Wide Area Tn.mking m FDMA Only Sites 2.TEST

Step 1. Using RAD!0-1, press the page button.

Call Alert Step 2. Enter the unit ID of RADI0-2 with the keypad, or scroll to the location where this ID is stored 1. DESCRIPTION Step 3. Press the PTT to initiate the call alert. Verify that the RADI0-1 user receives audible indication that the Call Alert was sent. Call Alert is a tone page that allows a user to selectively alert another radio unit. The initiating Step 4. Verify that RADI0-2 user receives an radio will receive notification from the trunked audible indication of an incoming Call Alert system as to whether or not the page was received was sent but RADI0-3 does not. by the target radio. Units receiving a Call Alert will sound an alert tone. As with other types of calls, Call Step 5. Verify RADI0-1 gets an audible indication Alerts can take place from anywhere in the system. that the Call Alert was successfully received at the target radio. SETUP Step 6. Turn off RADI0-2. Send a Call Alertfrom RADI0-1 to RADI0-2. RADI0-1 - T ALKGROUP 1 RADI0-2 -TALKGROUP 2 Step 7. Verify that the RADI0-1 user receives RADI0-3 -TALKGROUP 3 audible indication that the Call Alert was sent.

VERSION #1.010 Step 8. Verify RADI0-1 receives a "No Acknowledgement" indication that the Call Alert was not received at the target radio.

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 65 (\~; Motorola Solutions ConOdential Restricted Acceptance Test F -·. " , City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018 lo TEST

Step 1. Using RADI0-1, press the Private Call (Call) button.

Step 2. Enter the unit ID of RADI0-2 with the keypad, or scroll to the location where this 1" DESCRIPTION ID is stored.

Step 3. Press the PTT to initiate the Private Call. Private Call is a selective calling feature that allows Step 4. Verify that RAD!0-2 hears tones and the a radio user to carry on one-to-one conversation that display indicates that a Private Call has is only heard by the 2 parties involved. Subscriber been received, but RADI0-3 receives no units receiving a private call will sound an alert tone. indications. As with other types of calls, Private Calls can take place from anywhere in the system. Step 5. Answer the call at RADI0-2 by pressing the Private Call (CaJ/)/Respond button. If SETUP RADI0-2 has a display, verify it shows the ID number or Alias of the calling unit.

RADI0-1 - T ALKGROUP 1 Step 6. Press the PTT switch on RADI0-2 and RADI0-2 - T ALKGROUP 1 respond to the Private Call. Note that if you RADI0-3 - T ALKGROUP 1 do not press the Private Call button before pressing PTT, your audio will be heard by all members of the talkgroup, and not just by VERSIOt\l #10020 the radio initiating the Private Call.

Step 7. Verify that RADI0-2 can communicate with RADI0-1.

Step 8. Verify that RADI0-3 does not monitor the Private Call.

Step 9. End the Private Call by pressing the "home" key and return to normal talkgroup operation.

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover pane. 66 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test P/011 o-o City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Wide Area Trunking m FDMA Only Sites 2.TEST

Step 1. Initiate a call on TALKGROUP 4 from RADI0-1 and verify RADI0-2 can hear the Emergency Alarm and Call with audio. Verify RADI0-3 does not hear the Talkgroup Revert audio.

Step 2. Dekey RADI0-1. 1. DES CR! PTION Step 3. Using RADI0-1, send an Emergency Call by depressing the emergency switch and then the PTT switch. Users in life threatening situations can use the Emergency button on the radio to immediately send Step 4. Observe the display on RADI0-3 denotes an a signal to the dispatcher and be assigned the next emergency and the unit ID or alias of the available voice channel. An Emergency Call can be unit sending the emergency and that set to either Top of Queue or Ruthless Preemption RADI0-3 can hear RADI0-1'saudio. operation. During an emergency call the Emergency ID will appear on the display of the subscribers. To Step 5. In addition observe that RADI0-2 cannot demonstrate this, an Emergency Alarm and Call will hear RADI0-1's audio. be initiated from a subscriber which will be received by a subscriber affiliated at any site of any zone in Step 6. Release the PTT switch on RADI0-1 and the system. end the Emergency Call by holding down This test will demonstrate a subscriber has the ability the Emergency button. to revert to a specific talkgroup when an emergency is initiated. This is useful when the users have a designated talkgroup for handling emergencies. The revert talkgroup must be set in the subscriber via software.

NOTE: If the subscriber does not have the Display option, the Emergency ID will not be displayed.

SETUP

Pass__ Fail RADI0-1 - T ALKGROUP 4 RADI0-2 - TALKGROUP 4 RADI0-3 - EMERGENCY TG

.. EMERGENCY TG is the talkgroup programmed for emergency reverts.

VERSION #1 Jl20

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 67 (19 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Tes/- -·. - v City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Step 1. Verify that RADI0-1 is set to T ALKGROUP 1 and in the scan mode of operation and Priority Monitor/Priority Scan programmed to scan TALKGROUP 1 and TALKGROUP 2 with TALKGROUP 1 as its Priority Monitor Talkgroup. 1. DESCRIPTION Step 2. Verify Priority Monitor and the Valid Site setting is set to yes for SITE 2. A subscriber unit can scan a pre-programmed list (in Step 3. Initiate a Talkgroup Call with RADIOA to the radio) to find any Priority and Non-priority , RADI0-5 and observe that RADl0-1 scans Talkgroups with assigned voice channels at that site. to the talkgroup and receives the call. Keep To demonstrate this, a call will be initiated from a the call in progress until the completion of portable at a remote site on a talkgroup monitored_ the following step. by a portable at the same site as the scanrnng rad 10. The scanning radio will scan from its selected Step 4, Initiate a Talkgroup Call with RAD10-3and lalkgroup to the active talkgroup. The test will be observe that RADI0-1 reverts to the repeated with an additional radio transmitting on the T ALKGROUP 1 and receives the call. Priority Talkgroup while the scanning radio is . scanning, This third radio will be on a remote site with a fourth radio on the Priority Talkgroup at the same site as the scanning radio.

SETUP

RADI0-1 - TALKGROUP 1 (SCANNING) RADI0-1 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-2 - T ALKGROUP 1 RADI0-2 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-3 TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-3 - SITE - SITE 2 RADI0-4 T ALKGROUP 2 RADI0-4 - SITE - SITE 2 RADI0-5 - T ALKGROUP 2 RAD!0-5 SITE - SITE 1

VERSION #1,010

Public Safety Radlo Comrnunicalions System Solution Use or disclosure of !his proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover68 page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted A ccaptance Tes/ Pla11 :.H City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Wide Area Trunking m FDMA Only Sites 2. TEST

Step 1. Simulate a busy system by disabling all channels at SITE 1 with the exception of the Busy Queuing and Callback with control channel and one voice channel. Ten Talkgroup Priority Levels Step 2. Verify the priority level for TALKGROUP 6's template as priority 9.

1. DESCRIPTION Step 3. Initiate a Talkgroup Call with RADI0-1. Keep this call in progress until instructed to end the call. If no voice channel resources are available, radios requesting channels for new conversations are Step 4. Key RAD!0-3 and observe that the radio placed in a queue. Users of the same priority will receives a busy. move through the queue in a FIFO (first in, first out) sequence; however, users of higher priority will be Step 5. Key RADI0-2 and observe that the radio inserted ahead of lower priority users in queue. receives a busy. When a voice channel becomes available, the radio at the top of the busy queue gets a channel Step 6. End the Talkgroup Call established in Step assignment and generates a callback tone. The 3. callback tone alerts the user that a channel assignment was made and transmitting is now Step 7. Observe RADI0-2 receives the first callback possible on the selected talkgroup. An Emergency and can now make a call to RADI0-4 upon Call has the highest priority at level 1. The highest receipt of the callback indication. assignable priority is 2 and 10 is the lowest. Step 8. End the call between RADI0-2 and RAD!0- NOTE: All radios and talkgroups should start with 4. default priorities. Default is 10. Step 9. Observe RADI0-3 now receives a callback SETUP and can make a call upon receipt of the callback indication.

RADI0-1 - TALKGROUP 1 Step 10. Return all the channels in the system to RADI0-1 - SITE - SITE 1 service. RADI0-2 - T ALKGROUP 6 RADI0-2 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-3 - T ALKGROUP 3 RADI0-3 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-4 - TALKGROUP 6 RADI0-4 - SITE - Any Site

VERSION #1.020

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 69 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restdcted Acceptance Testf . _ J City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Step 1. Alarms View: In the navigation pane expand Fault Management and select Alarms. The Unified Event Manager~ Bas@ view displays active alarms for managed Views resources, displaying impacted managed resources and specific objects on the managed resource along with selected alarm properties. 1. DESCRIPTION Step 2. A!arm View Search: Customize the Active Alarms display by selecting the View option from the menu bar, then select Search. The Unified Event Manager (UEM) in its base Perform a Managed Resource search for configuration provides a number of views. The channels, site controllers and routers by purpose of this test is to demonstrate the key views entering "Contains" and ch, sc, and zOO available from the UEM. respectively in the search fields to perform the three separate searches. For each of the The Physical Summary and Detail View (Physical three searches a filtered alarm view is Map) and Service Summary and Detail View displayed that contains alarms for the (Service Map) in previous releases are deprecated appropriate device in the search. and are replaced by the Zone Map. Custom views Step 3. Network Events View: In the navigation can be saved and retrieved by other NM Client pane expand Fault Management and select users. Network Events. The view displays recent events reported for managed resources, SETUP displaying impacted managed resources and specific object on the managed resource along with selected event NMclient01 - U EM session up and running. properties. Alarming events are base for creating alarm objects. Step 4. Physical Summary View: In the navigation VERSION #1.010 pane expand Zone Views and Physical, then select Physical Summary View. The Physical Summary View provides an aggregated alarm severity status of the devices located at all subnets in the Zone. Step 5. Service Summary View: In the navigation pane expand Zone Views and Service, then select Service Summary View. The Service Summary View provides a quick summary of the service status of sites in a Zone, including access to Channel status. Step 6. Zone Map: In the navigation pane, expand Zone Views and select Zone Map. The Zone Map view provides an aggregated alarm severity status of the devices located at discovered sites in the Zone. Step 7. Network Database: In the navigation pane select Network Database. The Network Database displays a list of all discovered Managed Resources and Sites. The display includes properties of each resource as well as overall severity of all objects and/or sub resources

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover70 page. Motorola Solutions Confidential F?estricted Accept;;mce Test Pia,, """ City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Fault Management 2. TEST

Step 1. Verify that the Router/Gateway to be tested displays without failures (normal) on UEM. Core Router Failure Reports to the The core router is contained in the specific Unified Event Manager subnet that it is physically collocated with in the network.

Step 2. Power down the Router/Gateway. 1. DESCRIPTION Step 3. Observe that an alarm indicating a Router/Gateway failure appears on the UEM This test will demonstrate that the Unified Event alarms view. Manager (UEM) alarms view is able to capture information about various failures at the system and Step 4. Restore power to the Router/Gateway. zone level. Step 5. Observe the changes to the alarm in UEM, A Core Router/Gateway will be powered off to indicating the Router/Gateway is enabling. simulate a failure. The system health will be monitored on UEM. Step 6. Observe that alarm view updates in the UEM, indicating the Router/Gateway has NOTE: Powering a combine Core/Exit recovered and is enabled. Router/Gateway down will affect both the Core and Exit routing functions.

SETUP

NMcliento1 - UEM session up and running.

VERSION #1.040 Pass__ Fsil_=

Public Safety f'

2.TEST

Step 1. Remove the Ethernet cable(s) to the SITE 1 router(s) (If Simulcast, this refers to the Site Path F~ilure (Ethernet) Prime Site router(s)) at the site where Reports to the Unifi®d Event RAD!0-1 is affiliated. Be certain to remove Manager the Ethernet cable from both routers if redundant site links are being utilized.

Step 2. Observe the UEM reports CommFailure 1. DESCRIPTION alarms for the devices at the affected site.

Step 3. In addition, observe that the site is now in This test will demonstrate that the Unified Event the Site Trunking mode. Manager (UEM) alarms view is able to capture information about various failures at the system and Step 4. Reconnect the Ethernet cable(s) zone level. disconnected in Step 1 .

This test simulates a microwave/transport failure by Step 5. Observe the site returns to the Wide Area removing a customer selected site data link and Trunking mode. monitoring the alerts. Step 6. Observe the topology and a/arms/events Note: If using a Simulcast site, this test refers to the that appear in the UEM, indicating the site is Prime Site links. While failures would be seen at the in recovery and after a period of time has subsite level if a Subsite link were failed, the site recovered. would not drop into Site Trunking.

SETUP

RAD!0-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-1 - SITE - SITE 1 NMclient01 - UEM session up and running.

* RADI0-1 should be "Site Locked"

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cov~r72 page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test Plcm ;:; .. , , City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

System Management Tests 2.TEST

Step 1. Verify that ZoneWatch has been configured for the Grid and Multi Site Scroll windows to ZoneWatch (Single Site) display system activity.

Step 2. From the PC Application Launcher, select a 1. DESCRIPTION zone folder.

Step 3. From within that zone, select ZoneWatch. ZoneWatch is an administration tool for monitoring Step 4. Select the appropriate profile to be able to radio traffic on a system. A system manager can use view the channel usage on the system. ZoneWatch to analyze traffic patterns for load distribution and troubleshoot radio and site Step 5. Initiate several calls with the radios and problems. ZoneWatch is used to view current radio observe that the appropriate channel usage traffic activity for the system. This activity is information is displayed. displayed in graphical format, color-coded for easy identification of the type of activity occurring on the system.

SETUP

RADI0-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-1 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-2 - T ALKGROUP 1 RADI0-2 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-3 -TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-3 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-4-TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-4 - SITE - SITE 1

VERSION #1 .010

Public Safety Radio Comrnunications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to !he restrictions on the cover pag~. 73 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test. ....•. -' City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Step 1. Add RADI0-1,RADI0-2,RADI0-3, and Affiliation Display (Single Site) RADI0-4 to the Affiliation Display. Step 2. Verify that RADI0-1 and RADI0-2 show they are affiliated to SITE 1 and 1, DESCRIPTION T AL KG ROUP 1.

Step 3. Verify that RADI0-3 and RADI0-4 show they are affiliated to SITE 1 and Affiliation Display is a Private Radio Network TALKGROUP 2. Management (PRNM}application that monitors the mobility of radios for a particular zone. Mobility Step 4. Change the talkgroup of RADI0-1 and describes how radio users travel between different RADI0-2 to TALKGROUP 2. sites in a zone and how they communicate with other members of their assigned talkgroup or even Step 5. Verify that RADI0-1 and RADI0-2's with members outside of their talkgroup. A radio can affiliated talkgroup changes to TALKGROUP be viewed in more than one zone. As a radio roams 2 on the Affiliation Display. from one site to another or changes talkgroups, Affiliation Display updates and displays the affiliation and de-affiliation information for a monitored radio. This information can be useful for the troubleshooting and tracking of radios in the system and for monitoring the movement of traffic within a zone. The Affiliation Display is divided into three sections: Site Viewer, Talkgroup Viewer, and Radio Viewer. - The Site Viewer displays the number of talkgroups and number of radios affiliated to that site. - The Talkgroup Viewer displays how many radios are affiliated to that talkgroup and the number of sites at which the talkgroup has radios affiliated. - The Radio Viewer window displays affiliation information for a custom list of radios.

SETUP

RADIO,-i .. TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-1 • SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-2 - T ALKGROUP 1 RADI0-2 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-3 - T ALKGROUP 2 RADI0-3 - SITE - SITE 1 RAD!0-4 - T ALKGROUP 2 RAD!0-4 - SITE - SITE 1

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover74 page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Testf ..... " J City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

System Management Tests 2.TEST

Step 1. Initiate a Call Alert (PAGE) from RADI0-1 to RAD!0-2. Verify that RADI0-2 receives the Configuration Management~ Call Alert. Subscriber Capabilities Step 2. Change the Call Alert Enabled flag to NO for RADI0-1 via the PM.

1. DESCRIPTION Step 3. Initiate a Call Alert from RADI0-2 to RADI0- 1. Verify that RADI0-2 receives a reject when attempting to Call Alert RADI0-1. The Provisioning Manager (PM) controls the parameters for all radio users and dispatchers on Step 4. Change the Call Alert Enabled flag back to the system. Within the Subscriber section, the Radio YES for RADI0-1 via the PM. User Configuration Window enables the network manager to tailor SmartZone subscribers' Step 5. Initiate a Call Alert from RADI0-2 to RADI0- capabilities. Multigroup, Secure, Call Alert, Private 1. Verify that RAOI0-1 now receives the Call Call, and Telephone Interconnect are some of the Alert. features that can be enabled or disabled. The features that could be unique to the particular user Step 6. Initiate a Private Call (CALL) from RADI0-1 are configured directly in the Radio User to RADI0-2. Verify that RADI0-2 receives Configuration Window. The features that could be the Private Call. configured the same for a group of users are placed into records called profiles. The network manager Step 7. Change the Private Call Enabled flag to NO references the profile which contains the desired for RADI0-1 via the PM. setup for these features from the Radio User Configuration Window. Step 8. Initiate a Private Call from RADI0-2 to RADI0-1. Verify that RADI0-2 receives a Note - A profile must already exist to be referenced reject when attempting to Private Call through the Radio Configuration Window but can be RADI0-1. modified later if needed. Step 9. Change the Private Call Enabled flag back SETUP to YES for RADI0-1 via the PM.

Step 10. Initiate a Private Call from RADI0-2 to RADI0-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-1. Verify that RADI0-1 now receives RADI0-1 - SITE - SITE 1 the Private Call. RADI0-2 - TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-2 - SITE - SITE 2

* Flag both radios to be capable of Call Alert, Private Call, and Dispatch Calls.

* Set the "User Enabled" flag to YES for both RADI0-1 and RADI0--2.

VERSION #1.010

Public Safety Hlldio Communic;ations System Solution Use or disclosurn of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 75 ~$) Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test F .. '" . 1 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

2.TEST

Step 1. Initiate a call from RADI0-1 on T ALKGROUP 1. Verify that RADI0-2 hears Configuratioirn Management~ the RAD!0-1 audio. Taikgroup Capabmties Step 2. Change the Talkgroup Enabled flag to NO for TALKGROUP 1 via the PM.

1. DESCRIPTION Step 3. Initiate a call from RADI0-1 or RADI0-2 on T ALKGROUP 1. Verify that neither radio can initiate a call because of the change in The Provision Manager (PM) controls the status of the Group Enabled Flag of parameters for all radio users and dispatchers on T ALKGROUP 1. the system. Step 4. Initiate an Emergency call from RADI0-1. Within the Subscriber section, the Talkgroup Verify that both the console (if present) and Configuration Window enables the network manager RADI0-2 can hear the transmission. to tailor SmartZone Talkgroup Capabilities. Emergency, Secure and Priority Monitor are some of Step 5. Dekey RADI0-1. the features that can be enabled or disabled. The features that could be unique to the particular user Step 6. Change the Ta/kgroup Enabled trag back to are configured directly in the Talkgroup YES for TALKGROUP 1 via the PM. Configuration Window. The features that could be configured the same for a group of users are placed Step 7. Initiate a call from RADI0-1 on into records called profiles. The network manager T ALKGROUP 1. Verify that both the console references the profile which contains the desired (if present) and RADI0-2 hear RAD!0-1. setup for these features from the Tafkgroup Configuration Window.

NOTE: A profile must already exist to be referenced through the Talkgroup Configuration Window but can be modified later if needed. SETUP

RADI0-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-1 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-2 - T ALKGROUP 1 RADI0-2 - SITE - SITE 2

* Set the "Talkgroup Enabled" flag to YES for TALKGROUP 1 in the PM.

VERSION #1,030

Public Safety Radio CommLmicalions System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover76 page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test P,a11 .,- , 5 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

System Management Tests 2. TEST

Step 1. From the UEM, right click on an ASTRO Repeater Site managed resource and select Unified Event Manager., the Command option. Diagnostics = ASTRO Repeater Site Step 2. The command window opens for the ASTRO repeater Site managed resource with the following commands available: Site Trunking, Site Off, Wide Trunking, and Site 1. DESCRIPTION Failsoft.

Step 3. Select Site Trunking and click the Apply The purpose of this test is to demonstrate diagnostic button. commands can be sent to a Radio Frequency (RF) site and the proper status is reported at the Unified Step 4. The command execution status is displayed Event Manager (UEM). in the command window. After the command is executed, the site enters site trunking All commands are initiated from the UEM. mode. The event is displayed in the Network Events Browser. An alarm is displayed in the Standalone and MultiSite configurations are tested. Alarms Browser.

SETUP Step 5. Select Site Off and click the Apply button. Step 6. The command execution status is displayed in the command window. After the command NMclient01 - UEM session up and running in the is executed, the site enters site off mode. Network Database view. The event is displayed in the Network Events Browser. An alarm is displayed in the Alarms Browser. VERSION #1.030 Step 7. Select Wide Trunking and click the Apply button.

Step 8. The command execution status is displayed in the command window. After the command is executed, the site enters wide trunking mode. The event is displayed in the Network Events Browser.

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover77 page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test!.-.. ~ , .; City & County of Santa Fe J\!ovember 28, 2018

2. TEST

Step 1. Place SITE 1 into the Site Trunking mode.

Step 2. Verify that RADI0-1 and RADI0-2 are displaying the "Site Trunking" indication.

1. DESCRIPTION Step 3. Return the site to Wide Area Trunking unless the next test requires Site Trunking.

When a remote site loses its link or does not have a link to the Zone Controller, the affected site will enter "Site Trunking" mode of operation. Radios locked onto this site will be serviced locally within this site's coverage area.

NOTE: If the subscriber does not have the Display option, the "Site Trunking" indication will not be displayed.

SETUP

RADI0-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-1 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-2 - TALKGROUP 2 RADI0-2 - SITE - SITE 1 Pass __Fail Lock the subscribers to SITE 1 if more than one site exists on the system.

VERSION #1.010

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the coverpage.78 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test Pl~,, ..,- , , City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Site Trunking = FDMA Only Sites 2,TEST

Step 1. Place SITE 1 into the Site Trunking mode.

Talkgroup Call (Single Site) Step 2. Initiate a Talkgroup Call with RADI0-1 on T ALKGROUP 1 at SITE 1.

1, DESCRIPTION Step 3. Observe that only RADI0-2 will be able to monitor and respond to the call. Note that RADI0-3 AND RADI0-4 are not able to monitor the call since they are on another When a site goes into Site Trunking, radios with Talkgroup. Talkgroup Call capability will be able to communicate with other members of the same Step 4. Initiate a Talkgroup Call with RADI0-3 on talkgroup at that same site. (Members of the same TALKGROUP 2 at SITE 1. talkgroup at other sites wiH not be able to monitor those conversations.) Step 5. Observe that only RADI0-4 will be able to monitor and respond to the call. SETUP Step 6. Return the site to Wide Area Trunking unless the next test requires Site Trunking. RADI0-1 - T ALKGROUP 1 RADI0-1 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-2 - TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-2 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-3 - T ALKGROUP 2 RADI0-3 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-4 -TALKGROUP 2 RADI0-4 - SITE - SITE 1

* All Radios should be "Site Locked"

Pass___ Fail VERSION #1 .010

Public Safety t~adio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 79 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test f mu ,,... I (J City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

2.TEST

Step 1. Place SITE 1 into the Site Trunking mode.

Step 2. Using RADI0-1, press the page button.

Step 3. Enter the Unit ID of RADI0-2 with the 1. DESCRIPTION keypad, or scroll to the location where this ID is stored.

Step 4. Press the PTT to initiate the Call Alert. Call Alert is a tone page that allows a user to selectively alert another radio unit. When a site is in Step 5. Verify that RADI0-2 received the Call Alert. Site Trunking, Radios at the site will only be able to Call Alert other radios at the same site. The initiating Step 6. Exit the Call Alert mode and return to normal radio will receive notification from the trunked talkgroup mode. system as to whether or not the page was received by the target radio. Step 7. Return the site to Wide Area Trunking unless the next test requires Site Trunking. SETUP

RAD!0-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RAD!0-1 - SITE - SITE 1 RAOI0-2 - TALKGROUP 2 RADI0-2 - SITE - SITE 1

Note: All Radios should be "Site Locked" Pass__ Fail

VERSION #1J)10

Public Safety Radio Communications System Sollltion Use or disclostJre of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover80 page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test F'I"'" ., .. , " City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Site Trunking m FDMA Only Sites

Step 1. Place SITE 1 into the Site Trunking mode.

Continuous Assignment Updating Step 2. Turn OFF RADI0-1.

Step 3. Initiate a Talkgroup Call using RADI0-2. i. DESCRIPTION Step 4. While the Talkgroup Call is in progress, turn on RAD!0-1. When a talkgroup is assigned a voice channel, the Step 5. Observe that RAD!0-1, which was just site controller continues to transmit the channel brought back into service, joins the assignment on the control channel for the duration of Talkgroup Call already in progress. the Talkgroup Call. Radios coming into use on the system are automatically sent to voice channels with Step 6. Release the PTT of RAD!0-2. Switch conversations in progress involving their selected RADI0-1 to TALKGROUP 2. talkgroups. Step 7. Initiate a Talkgroup Call using RADI0-2. SETUP Step 8. While the Talkgroup Call is in progress, turn RADI0-1 back to TALKGROUP 1. RADI0-1 -TALKGROUP 1 RAD!0-1 - SITE - SITE 1 Step 9. Observe that RADI0-1, which was just set RADI0-2 - T ALKGROUP 1 back to TALKG ROUP 1, joins the Talkgroup RADI0-2 - SITE - SITE 1 Call already in progress. RADI0-3 -TALKGROUP 1 RAD!0-3 - SITE - SITE 1 Step 10. Return the site to Wide Area Trunking unless the next test requires Site Trunking. Note: All Radios should be "Site Locked"

Pass_Fail__ VERSION #1.010

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 81 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test F._ .. ~-,_:J City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

2" TEST

Step 1. Simulate a busy system by disabling all channels at SITE 1 with the exception of the control channel and one voice channel.

Step 2. Initiate a Talkgroup Call with RADI0-1 and 1. DESCRIPTION observe that RADI0-4 receives the call. Keep this call in progress until instructed to end the call. If no voice channel resources are available, radios Step 3. Key RADI0-2 and observe that the radio requesting channels for new conversations are. . receives a busy. placed in the busy queue. Users of the same pnority will move through the queue in a FIFO (first in, first Step 4. Key RADI0-3 and observe that the radio out) sequence. When a voice channel becomes receives a busy. available, the radio at the top of the busy queue gets a channel assignment and generates a callback Step 5. End the Talkgroup Call established in Step tone. The callback alerts the user that a channel 2. assignment was made and transmitting is now possible on the selected talkgroup. Step 6. Observe that RADI0-2 receives a callback prior to RADI0-3 receiving a callback. SETUP Step 7. Return the site to Wide Area Trunking unless the next test requires Site Trunking RADI0-1 - T ALKGROUP 1 RAD!0-1 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-2 - T ALKGROUP 2 RADI0-2 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-3 - T ALKGROUP 3 RADI0-3 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-4 - T ALKGROUP 1 RADI0-4 - SITE - SITE 1

Note: All radios are "Site Locked."

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover82 page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Resfricted Acceptance Test Pia,. ,,-;. , City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Site Trunking ~ FDMA Only Sites 2.TEST

Step 1. Place SITE 1 into the Site Trunking mode.

Emergency Call and Alarm Step 2. Simulate a busy system by disabling all channels at SITE 1 with the exception of the control channel and one voice channel. 1. DESCRIPTION Step 3. Press the PTT on RAD 10-3 and hold the PTT switch until instructed to release. Emergency Alarms and Calls can be initiated by Step 4. Key RADI0-4 and observe that the radio subscribers when the registered site is in Site receives a busy. Trunking. With all subscribers registered on a Site Trunking site, a subscriber will initiate an Emergency Step 5. Using RADI0-1, initiate an emergency alarm Alarm by pressing the Emergency button. By followed by an emergency call. pressing the PTT, an Emergency Call will be issued and the ID of the initiator will be displayed with an Step 6. Observe that RADI0-1 cannot transmit due Emergency indication by the other subscribers on to the voice channel being busy. the same talkgroup. Step 7. Release the PTT switch on RADI0-3. Note that for site trunking, Emergency Call operation is always Top of Queue. Step 8. Observe that RADI0-1 can now proceed with the call and RADI0-2 receives the call. SETUP Also observe that the display on RADI0-2 denotes an emergency and the ID or Alias of the unit sending the emergency. RADI0-1 - T ALKGROUP 1 RADI0-1 - SITE - SITE 1 Step 9. End the emergency call and verify that RADI0-2 - TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-4 gets a callback. RADI0-2 - SITE - SITE 1 RADI0-3 - TALKGROUP 2 Step 10. Restore all channels to service and return RAD!0-3 - SITE - SITE 1 the site to Wide Area Trunking unless the RADI0-4 -TALKGROUP 3 next test requires Site Trunking. RADI0-4 - SITE - SITE 1

Note: All Radios should be "Site Locked"

VERSION #1,010

Public Safety Hadio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 83 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test F _,. - •... Cit\1 & County of Santa Fe November 28. 2018

MCC 7100/7500 Tmnked Reso1.mces 2.TEST

Step 1. Initiate a wide area call from CONSOLE-1 on TALKGROUP 1.

Step 2. Observe that RADI0-1 and RADI0-3 will be able to monitor the call. Dekey the console 1. DESCRIPTION and have either radio respond to the call.

Step 3. Observe that all consoles with TALKGROUP The Talkgroup Call is the primary level of 1 can monitor both sides of the organization for communications on a trunked radio conversation. system. Dispatchers with Talkgroup Call capability will be able to communicate with other members of Step 4. Initiate a wide area call from CONSOLE-2 the same talkgroup. This provides the effect of an on TALKGROUP 2. assigned channel down to the ta[kgroup level. When a Talkgroup Call is initiated from a subscriber unit Step 5. Observe that RADI0-2 and RADI0-4 will be the call is indicated on each dispatch operator ' able to monitor the call. Dekey the console position that has a channel control resource and have either radio respond to the call. associated with the unit's channel/talkgroup. Step 6. Observe that all consoles with T ALKGROUP SETUP 2 can monitor both sides of the conversation.

RADI0-1 - T ALKGROUP 1 RAD!0-2 - TALKGROUP 2 RADI0-3 -TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-4 -TALKGROUP 2 CONSOLE-1 - TALKGROUP 1 CONSOLE-2 - TALKGROUP 2

VERSION #1.010

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the co~r page. 84 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test P.~ .. ..,-,.,_, City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

MCC 7100/7500 Trunked Resources

Step 1, Select the resource for TALKGROUP 1 on PTT Unit ID/Alias Display CONSOLE-1. Step 2. Initiate a call on TALKGROUP 1 from RADI0-2 and observe that the alias is seen 1. DESCRIPTION at CONSOLE-1 in the resource window as well as in the Activity Log window.

Console operator positions contain various Step 3. Initiate a call from RADI0-1 and observe resources such as talkgroup, multigroup, Private Call that the atias of RADI0-1 is seen at which enables the dispatcher to communicate with CONSOL E-1 in the resource window as well the subscriber units. If activity occurs on one of as in the Activity Log window. these operator position resources, the unit ID or associated alias of the initiating radio appears at the Step 4. Modify RAD10-2's alias. Make sure to give console resource. enough time for the alias change to propagate to the Zone Controller. SETUP Step 5. Initiate a call from RADI0-2 and observe the new alias of RADI0-2 is seen at CONSOLE- 1 in the list in the resource window as well RADI0-1 • TALKGROUP 1 as in the Activity Log window. RAD!0-2 • TALKGROUP 1 CONS0L&1 TALKGROUP1 Step 6. Return RAD10-2's alias to its original state. CONSOLE-2 - T ALKGROUP 1

VERSION #1.010

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 85 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test F City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Step 1. Initiate an Emergency Alarm from RADI0-1.

Emergency Alarm and Call Step 2. Observe the Emergency from RADI0-1 is Display Description received at CONSOLE-1 for T ALKGROUP 1.

Step 3. Acknowledge the Emergency at the operator i, DESCRIPTION position. Verify CONSOLE-2 receives notification that the call has been acknowledged. Users in life threatening situations can use the emergency button on the radio to send an audible Step 4. Initiate a call with RADI0-1 to initiate an alarm and a visual alarm signal to a console Emergency call. operator in order to request immediate system access to a voice channel for an emergency call. Step 5. Observe CONSOLE-1 and CONSOLE-2 can An emergency alarm begins after the radio user monitor RADI0-1 presses the radio's emergency button. Pressing the emergency button places the radio in "emergency Step 6. Clear the Emergency from CONSOLE-1 on mode". To begin an emergency call, the radio user T ALKGROUP 1. must press the radio's PTT button while in "emergency mode." The assigned voice channel will Step 7. End the Emergency Alarm from RADI0-1. be dedicated to the emergency caller's talkgroup for an extended period of time, equal to the Message Hang Time plus the Emergency Hang Time. As with other call types, emergency calls can operate across sites as well as within the same site. SETUP

RADI0-1 - TALKGROUP 1 CONSOLE-1 - TALKGROUP 1 CONSOLE-2 - T AL KG ROUP 1

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 86 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test f ·-·, ,.,..,..., City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

MCC 7100/7500 Trunked Resources 2.TEST

Step 1. From CONSOLE-1, create an Msel group Multi-Select Operation with TALKGROUP 1 and TALKGROUP 2. Step 2. Transmit on the Msel using the Msel instant transmit button. 1. DESCRIPTION Step 3. Verify that RADI0-1 and RADI0-2 hear the call. Multi-Select (Msel) allows the console operator to Step 4. Initiate a call with RAD!0-1. group a number of channels/talkgroups together such that when the general transmit bar is Step 5. Verify the call is heard on CONSOLE-1 but depressed, all of the multi-selected not on RADI0-2. channels/talkgroups will transmit at the same time with the same information. Multi-Select is one way Step 6. Initiate a call with RADI0-2. communication call. If a radio user responds to a Multi-Select call the talkgroup the user is affiliated to Step 7. Verify the call is heard on CONSOLE-1 but will be the only one to hear the call. There is no not on RAD/0-1. super-group formed, so radio communication is still at the single talkgroup level. Multi-Select is utilized Step 8. On CONSOLE-1 dissolve the Msel. to send an APB to several channels/talkgroups. A Multi-Select has a limit of twenty (20) trunking/conventional resources

SETUP

RADIO-i - TALKGROUP 1 Pass __Fail RADI0-2 - T ALKGROUP 2 CONSOLE-1 - T ALKGROUP 1, T ALKGROUP 2

VERSION #1.010

Public Safety f-{adio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page.

Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test 87. _ ... 3 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

2. TEST

Step 1. Using CONSOLE-1 create a patch between Talkgroup Patch TALKGROUP 1 and TALKGROUP 2. Step 2. Initiate a patch call from CONSOLE-1.

1. DESCRIPTION Step 3. Verify RAD!0-1, RADI0-2, RADI0-3, and RADl0-4 can monitor the call.

Step 4. Initiate several calls between the radios and Talkgroup Patch allows a dispatcher to merge verify successful communication. several talkgroups together on one voice channel to participate in a single conversation. This can be Step 5. Dissolve the patch created in step 1. used for situations involving two or more talkgroups that need to communicate with each other. Using the Patch feature, the console operator can talk and listen to all of the selected talkgroups grouped; in addition, the members of the individual talkgroups can also talk or listen to members of other talkgroups. Patched talkgroups can communicate with the console dispatcher and other members of different talkgroups because of the "supergroup" nature of the Patch feature.

NOTE : If "secure" and "clear" resources are patched together, one repeater for each mode may be assigned per site. Pass_Fa!I SETUP

RADI0-1 ·· TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-2 - TALKGROUP 2 RADJ0-3 - TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-4 -TALKGROUP 2 CONSOLE-1 - TALKGROUP 1 and TALKGROUP 2

Note: All 4 Radios must have the same home zone.

VERSION #1 Jn 0

Public Safety Radio Communicalions System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover88 page. Motorola Solutions Confidential F-

MCC 7100/7500 Tn.mked Resources 2.TEST

Step 1. Using CONSOLE-1, select the call alert Call Alert button in the "Private Call" resource window. Step 2. Enter the ID of RADI0-1 and send the call alert to RADI0-1. 1. DESCRIPTION Step 3. Verify that RAD!0-1 receives the alert and that the ID or alias of the console is shown. Call Alert Page allows a subscriber/dispatcher to Step 4. Tum off RADI0-1. selectively alert another radio unit. The initiating subscriber/console will receive notification as to Step 5. Using CONSOLE-1, send the call alert to whether or not the call alert was received. Units RADI0-1 again. receiving a Call Alert wiJJ sound an alert tone and show a visual alert indication. The display will also Step 6. Verify that after trying to page RADI0-1, the show the individual ID of the initiating console displays "Can not send call alert - subscriber/console unit. target not found" in the summary/status list. SETUP

RADI0-1 - TALKGROUP 1 CONSOLE-1 - TALKGROUP 1

VERSION #1.030

Pass __Fail __

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 89 ~?'' Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test _.. v ,_.; City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Step 1. Initiate a Talkgroup call from RADI0-1 on T ALKG ROUP 1. Keep this call in progress Console Priority until the test has completed.

Step 2. Observe that RADI0-2 receives the calf. 1. DESCRIPTION Step 3. While the call is in progress, key up CONSOLE-1 on TALKGROUP 1. Console Operator Positions have ultimate control of Step 4. Observe that RADI0-2 ls now receiving transmitted audio on an assigned voice channel audio from CONSOLE-1 on T ALKGROUP 1. resource. The Console Position has the capability to take control of an assigned voice channel for a Step 5. De-key CONSOLE-1. talkgroup call so that the operator's audio overrides any subscriber audio. Console priority is a feature Step 6. Verify RADI0-2 now receives RADI0-1 that enables dispatchers to gain immediate access audio. to an assigned voice channel so that a central point of audio control exists. Step 7. End the TALKGROUP 1 call from RADI0-1. SETUP

RADI0-1 TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-2 T ALKGROUP 1 CONSOLE-1 -TALKGROUP 1

VERSION #1.020

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover90 page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Resllicled Acceptance Test Pl~ .. ~ ~J City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

MCC 7100/7500 Trunked Resources 2. TEST

Step 1. Select a radio channel on the CONSOLE-1 Instant Recall Recorder (IRR) application window. Operation Step 2. Select IRR from the CONSOLE-1 toolbar.

Step 3. Initiate radio communication between RADI0-1 and RADI0-2. 1. DESCRIPTION Step 4. Verify a new entry appears in the !RR log window. The Instant Recall Recorder (IRR) allows for audio from a phone call or a radio call to be played back at Step 5. Select the new entry from the list. the MCC 7500 or MCC 7100 Console position. Thirty minutes of audio is saved for radio and an additional Step 6. Press play and verify conversation replay. thirty minutes for telephone. The audio is saved on the positions hard disk in the form of a .wav file.

SETUP

RADI0-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-2 - TALKGROUP 1

CONSOLE-1 - TALKGROUP 1 running IRR application. Pass_Fail__

VERSION #1 J)20

Public Safety Radio Cornmunications System Solution Use or disclosurn of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page.

Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test, 9130 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

2"TEST

Step 1. On CONSOLE-1 select the "Show Activity Log" button on the tool bar to open the Activity log Activity Log Window.

Step 2. Initiate calls on RADI0-1, RADI0-2, RADI0- 1, DESCRIPTION 3 and RADI0-4 to log call information and verify calls are displayed in the activity log window. The Console activity log will show all traffic for the Step 3 . Select a logged call in the Activity Log . resource assigned to that console to include the Window and verify that the Channel Control time, radio alias, TG, PTT ID and Emergency Call. Window (CCW) at the top of the Activity log window changes to the corresponding The dispatcher has the capability of selecting a resource. Verify the dispatcher is capable of logged call within in the "Activity Log Window" for responding via the instant transmit button. instant transmit on the corresponding logged resource. Step 4. Open the text file created by the Activity Log and verify call traffic has been archived to This activity log can be logged to a text file for the document file. archival purposes.

Note: The log file in the ops will only be seen if you first check Log Activity in Elite Admin application then in folder options uncheck hide hidden system files. The location will be c:\Program Oata\MCC7500\MessageMonitorLogs.

SETUP

RADI0-1 - TALKGROUP 1 RADI0-2 - T ALKGROUP 2 RADI0-3 - TALKGROUP 3 RADI0-4 - T ALKGROUP 4 CONSOLE-1 -TALKGROUP 1, TAU

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to !he restrictions on the cov_!?92 2age. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test e,~., J·"', City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

MCC 7100/7500 Trunked Resources 2.TEST

Step 1. Assign an instance of AUXI0_1 to CONSOLE-1 to a talk resource tile on Alarm Input/ Outputs ~ Aux 1/0 TALKGROUP 1 Option Step 2. Assign instance of AUXI0_1 to CONSOLE-2 to a talk resource tile on TALKGROUP 1.

1. DESCRIPTION Step 3. Change the status of AUXI0 _ 1 on CONSOLE-1.

A dispatch console user can simultaneously view the Step 4. Verify the standalone tile as well as the talk status of all Aux 1/0 instances pertaining to the AUX resource instance on CONSOLE-1 and 1/0 object. Change to one AUX 1/0 instance is CONSOLE-2 change and display the same simultaneously viewable by all other instances. state for AUXI0_ 1.

SETUP Step 5. Change the status of AUXl0_1 on CONSOLE-2.

CONSOLE-1 - TALKGROUP 1 Step 6. Verify the standalone tile as well as the talk CONSOLE-1 - SITE - CONSITE-1 resource instance on CONSOLE-1 and CONSOLE-2 - T ALKGROUP 1 CONSOLE-2 change and display the same CONSOLE-2 - SITE - CONSITE-1 state for AUXI0_1. For this test- An instance of AUXI0 _ 1 has been created and is assigned as a standalone tile on CONSOLE-1 and CONSOLE-2.

VERSION #1.020

Pass __Fail

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 93 ,, Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Acceptance Test . - J2 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

SECTION G

In order to ensure the continuity of the City and County's network and reduce system downtime Motorola Solutions proposes our Advanced Plus Services offering to the City and County of Santa Fe. Appropriate for customers who wish to leverage Motorola Solutions' experienced personnel to maintain mission-critical communications for their first responders, Advanced Plus Services focuses on monitoring the network on an ongoing basis, proactively mitigating potential functionality and security issues, and providing both remote and on-site support. The proposed offering consists of the following specific services:

Ill Service Desk.

0 Technical Support.

@ Network Event Monitoring.

@ On-site Support.

Ii) Annual Preventative Maintenance. "' Network Hardware Repair with Advanced Replacement.

0 Remote Security Patch Installation.

® Network Updates. {optional) These services will be delivered to the City and County through the combination of local service personnel either dedicated to the network or engaged as needed; a centralized team within our Solutions Support Center (SSC), which operates on a 24 x 7 x 365 basis; and our Repair Depot, which will ensure that equipment is repaired to the highest quality standards. The collaboration between these service resources, all of who are experienced in the maintenance of mission-critical networks, will enable a swift analysis of any network issues, an accurate diagnosis of root causes, and a timely resolution and return to normal network operation.

6.2.1 Cemitralizf)d S®rvice Delivery Centralized support will be provided by Motorola Solutions' support staff, located at our Service Desk and Solutions Support Center (SSC). These experienced personnel will provide direct service and technical support through a combination of Service Desk telephone support, technical consultation and troubleshooting through the SSC, and ongoing network monitoring of the City and County's system. Motorola Solutions will provide Service Desk response as a single point of contact for all support issues, including communications between the City and County, third-party subcontractors and manufacturers, and Motorola Solutions. When the City and County's personnel call for support, the Service Desk will record, track, and update all Service Requests, Change Requests, Dispatch Requests, and Service Incidents using our Customer Relationship Management (CRM) system. The Service Desk is responsible for documenting

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Usl'/ or disclosure of 1his proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 94 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Advanced Pius Ser ---v .._,., City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

the City and County's inquiries, requests, concerns, and related tickets; tracking and resolving issues; and ensuring timely communications with all stakeholders based on the nature of the incident. As tickets are opened by the Service Desk, issues that require specific technical expertise and support will be routed to our Solutions Support Center (SSC) system technologists for Technical Support, who will provide telephone consultation and troubleshooting capabilities to diagnose and resolve infrastructure performance and operational issues. Motorola Solutions' recording, escalating, and reporting process applies ISO 90001 and TL 9000-certified standards to the Technical Support calls from our contracted customers, reflecting our focus on maintaining mission-critical communications for the users of our systems.

The same SSC staff that provide direct telephone support to the City and County will also provide Network Event Monitoring to the City and County's network in real-time, ensuring continuous management of the system's operational functionality. The SSC's technicians will utilize sophisticated tools to remotely monitor the City and County's system, often identifying and resolving anomalous events before they might affect user communications.

6.2.2 Field Service Delivery On-site repairs and network preventative maintenance will be provided by authorized local field services delivery personnel, who will be dispatched from and managed by the Solutions Support Center. On-Site Support provides local, trained and qualified technicians who will arrive at the City and County's location upon a dispatch service call to diagnose and restore the communications network. This involves running diagnostics on the hardware or Field Replacement Unit (FRU} in order to identify defective elements, and replacing those elements with functioning ones. The system technician will respond to the the City and County's location in order to remedy equipment issues based on the impact of the issue to overall system function. Annual Preventive Maintenam::e Service provides proactive, regularly scheduled operational testing and alignment of infrastructure and network components to ensure that they continually meet original manufacturer specifications. Certified field technicians perform hands-on examination and diagnostics of network equipment on a routine and prescribed basis.

Network Hardware Repair Motorola Solutions' authorized Repair Depot will repair the equipment provided by Motorola Solutions, as well as select third-party infrastructure equipment supplied as part of the proposed solution. The Repair Depot will manage the logistics of equipment repair (including shipment and return of repaired equipment), repair Motorola Solutions equipment, and coordinate the repair of third-party solution components. Motorola Solutions also proposes Ne~ork Hairdwar® R@pair with Advanced Replacement to the City and County of Santa Fe. With this additional service, Motorola Solutions will exchange malfunctioning components and equipment with advanced replacement units or Field Replacement Units (FRUs) as they are available in the Repair Depot's inventory. Malfunctioning equipment will be evaluated and repaired by the

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 95 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Advanced Plus Ser City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

infrastructure repair depot and returned to the Repair Depot's FRU inventory upon repair completion. If the City and County prefers to maintain their existing FRU inventory, the City and County will be able to request a "loaner" FRU while their unit is being repaired.

Security Management Operation$ The proposed Remote Security Patch lnstallatior1 Service will provide the City and County with pre-tested security updates, pre-tested and remotely installed by Motorola Solutions on the City and County's system. When appropriate, Motorola Solutions will make these updates available to outside vendors in order to enable them to test each patch, and will incorporate the results of those third-party tests into the updates before installation on the City and County's network. Once an update is fully tested and ready for deployment in the City and County's system, Motorola Solutions will remotely install it onto the City and County's system, and notify the City and County that the patch has been successfully installed. If there are any recommended configuration changes, warnings, or workarounds, Motorola Solutions will provide detailed documentation along with the updates on the website.

6.2.5 Network Updates (Optional) With our proposed Netv,ork Updates Service, Motorola Solutions commits to sustain the City and County's ASTRO 25 system through a program of software and hardware updates aligned with the ASTRO 25 platform lifecyc!e. This comprehensive approach to technology sustainment will ensure that the City and County has access to the latest available standard features, as well as the opportunity to incorporate optional features through the purchase of hardware and/or software licenses. Updates and expansion of system components will optimize the availability of repair services, and will enable the City and County to add RF sites, dispatch positions, data subsystems, network management positions, and other elements to increase capacity and processing capability. Motorola Solutions will minimize any interruption to system operation during each network update, with minimal reliance on the City and County's personnel.

Our focus on the needs of our public safety partners has led us to recognize that an integrated implementation and service delivery team that takes a new system from system installation, to acceptance, to warranty, and all the way through extended maintenance, is the best way to ensure that public safety communications systems meet the needs of first responders. Motorola Solutions' team of experts, have developed refined processes and sophisticated tools through our experience in delivering mission-critical communications.

6.3.1 OnwCaH Suppcni through the Solutions Support C~nter (SSC) The cornerstone of our customer care process, our Solution Support Center (SSC) is staffed 24x7x365 by experienced system technologists. This TL 9000/ISO 9001-certified center responds to over 5000 public safety, utility, and enterprise customers. With over 100,000 phone and email interactions with Motorola Solutions customers per month, the SSC provides our customers with a centralized contact point for service requests.

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solulion Use or disclosure of this proposal is subjecl to the restrictions on the cover96 page. Molorola S0/11/io11s Confidential f?estricted Advanced Plus Serv,vu,, v-J City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

6.3,2 Qn,,Site Service through a Field Service Team On-site maintenance and repair of the City and County's system will be provided by Motorola Solutions' local team of service personnel, Motorola Solutions will provide the City and County with a Customer Support Plan (CSP) that outlines the details of each service, provides escalation paths for special issues, and any other information specific to the City and County's service agreement. Some of these details will include items such as access to sites, response time requirements, severity level definitions, and parts department access information.

Local technicians will be dispatched for on-site service by the SSC, who will inform the technician of the reason for dispatch. This will enable the technician to determine if a certain component or Field Replacement Unit (FRU) will be needed from inventory to restore the system. Once on site, the field technician will notify the SSC and begin to work on the issue. The technician will review the case notes to determine the status of the issue, and begin the troubleshooting and restoration process. Once the system is restored to normal operation, the field technician will notify the SSC that the system is restored. The SSC, in turn, will notify the City and County that the system is restored to normal operation and request approval to close the case.

6.3.3 Centralized Repair Management through Motorola Solutions' Repair Depot Our repair management depot coordinates component repair through a central location, eliminating the need to send system equipment to multiple vendor locations for repair. Once equipment is at the depot, technicians will replicate the City and County's network configuration in our comprehensive test labs in order to reproduce and analyze the issue. Technicians will then restore the equipment to working order. After repairs are completed, equipment will be tested to its original performance specifications and, if appropriate, configured for return to use in the City and County's system. All components being repaired are tracked throughout the process, from shipment by the City and County to return through a case management system where users can view the repair status of the equipment via a web portal.

Direct Access to System Information through MyView Portal Supplementing Motorola Solutions' proposed services plan for the City and County is access to MyView Portal, the Motorola Solutions' online system information tool (see the figure titled "MyView Portal"). MyView Portal provides our customers with real-time visibility to critical system and services information, all through an easy-to-use, graphical interface. With just a few clicks, the City and County's administrators will gain instant access to system and support compliance, case reporting, ability to update and create cases, have visibility to when the system will be updated, and receive pro-active notifications regarding system updates, Available 24x7x365 from any web-enabled device, the information provided by MyView will be based on your needs and user access permissions, ensuring that the information displayed is secure and pertinent to your operations.

Public Safety Hadio Cornmunicalions System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 97 Molorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Advanced Plus Se, City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

Figure 6-1: l\/lyView Portal offers real 0 tlme, role-based access to critical system and services Information.

Public Safety ~~adio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of lhis proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page, 98 fvloforo/a Solutfons Confidenrial Restricted Advanced Plus Ser City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

SECTION 7

Motorola Solutions understands that successful implementation and use of your communications system depends on effective training. We have developed a training proposal for the City and County of Santa Fe to ensure your proposed system and all user equipment. We are leveraging over 85 years of training experience working with customers just like you to provide recommendations for your consideration. The training proposal detailed in the following pages incorporates customer feedback coupled with a best practices systematic approach to produce effective course delivery and content.

Our commitment to the City and County of Santa Fe is to provide unsurpassed services that ensure the equipment operates efficiently for the life of the system. To do so, we directly train your personnel to utilize the system to its maximum potential. The City and County of Santa Fe personnel will gain in-depth understanding of the power of your new system through education and proficient daily use. Our high-quality training focuses on student needs. The training is complemented by detailed documentation and available continuing education programs.

We will collaborate with the City and County of Santa Fe to develop a final customized training plan that fits your needs. Our goal is to insure system administrators, technicians and end users are skilled in using your new system.

Our training solutions deliver a combination of online training and field based instructor-led training in classrooms at the City and County of Santa Fe locations using operational equipment. Motorola Solutions will employ knowledgeable and experienced instructors to deliver well-designed courseware and integrated !ab activities.

Training is based upon several key criteria:

e Course design is driven by an analysis of student needs. lt focuses on specific application rather than theory.

0 Learning objectives are based upon what students need to accomplish on the job.

© Hands·"on lab opportunities using the City and County of Santa Fe specific job aids are incorporated to maximize learning and retention. Our instructors bring invaluable experience and knowledge of customer communication solutions into their training approach. This gives them better insight and understanding into

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page.

Motorola Solutions Confidential r?.estricted 7i·ainini,, .....,",. 99 , .. J' City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

the practical aspects of the City and County of Santa Fe manager, technician and end user job functions, Each instructor has the proven ability to communicate with a novice as well as expert personnel,

Motorola Solutions has identified the following course(s) that are necessary to achieve the training goals for the City and County of Santa Fe. Course description files for the recommended courses are provided in the matrix below. Class delivery for instructor-led courses in the field will be tailored for your system and features. Specifically, our proposed training plan addresses the following categories as identified in your request for proposal:

© System Administrators 0 Console Dispatchers and Supervisors It is imperative that participants bring their laptop computers for all system administrator and technician classes.

rJublic Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. 100 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Training , m, r-r -" City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

7.3.1 System Administrator Training Plan

ASTRO 25 IV&D System 2.5 hours Self-paced; Prior to 5 System Overview Administrators on-line Radio Course#: Administrato AST1038 r Workshop {Self-paced; On line) Prerequisite

Course Synopsis: The ASTR0®25 IV&D System Overview course will provide participants with knowledge and understanding of the ASTR0®25 IV&D system. This course will address M, Land K Core systems. System architecture, components and features will be explained. In addition, RF and console sites and their architecture, features and components will be discussed. Finally, call processing for voice and mobile data applications will be covered, and an introduction to applicatlons available in the ASTR0®25 system will be provided.

ASTRO 25 IV&D System 4.5 days Santa Fe, Prior to 5 Radio System Administrators NM managing Administrator the system Workshop Course#: ACS717102 {Instructor-led)

Course Synopsis: This workshop covers administrator functions for an AST RO 25 Integrated Voice and Data (IV&D) System. Learning activities in this course focus on how to use the different ASTRO 25 IV&D System Management applications. Participants will be provided with an opportunity to discuss how to structure their organization and personnel for optimal ASTRO 25 IV&D system use.

Public Safely Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page.

Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 101 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018 7.3.2 Console Dispatcher and Supervisor Training Plan

MCC7500 Console Dispatch 2 1 day Santa Fe, Prior to 6 Operator & Supervisors (4 hr NM cutover (3 per Admin Training sessions} session) Upgrade To cover Differences shifts 5 training consoles Ratio: 2 per console {Instructor..:1ed)

Operator Course Synopsis: This course provides participants with an introduction to the dispatch console, its basic operation and tailored job aids which will be available for assistance in operation. Through facilitation and hands-on activities, the user learns how to perform common tasks associated with the console operation.

Admin Course Synopsis: This course provides participants with the knowledge and skills to manage and utilize the MCC7500 console administrator functions. Through facilitation and hands-on activities, the participant learns how to customize the console screens.

Note: The first half is the operator class. The second half is the admin class and will also cover the use of the Interactive End User Tool Kit The Supervisors are proficient with CENTRACOM Gold Elite consoles, Therefore the duration is reduced to 2 hours for the operator portion and 2 hours for the Admin portion.

MCC7500 Console Dispatch 3 1 day Santa Fe, Prior to 20 Operator Training Operators (2 hr NM cutover (up to 7 per Upgrade sessions) session) Differences To cover 5 training consoles shifts Ratio: 2 per console (Instructor-led)

Operator Cowrn~ Synopsis: This course provides participants with an introduction to the dispatch console, its basic operation and tailored job aids which will be available for assistance in operation. Through facilitation and hands-on activities, the user learns how to perform common tasks associated with the console operation.

Note: Th® operat@rs am prof!chmt with Cfs:::NTRACOM Gold Elite conso!®s. Therefore the duration is r4.Hiuc~d to 2 hours for the operator training.

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject lo lhe restrictions on the cover page. 102 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Treining . ""' , -,, City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018 SECTION 8 . ' < I.

The pricing has been shown segmented to aid Santa Fe County in providing separate invoices to the City, who will pay their portion directly to the County through IGA. All subsystems must be purchased for the pricing to remain valid, and will be implemented as one project under one contract with Santa Fe County.

SFR.ECC Dispatch-to be split evenly between City and County:

MCC 7500E Dispatch Equipment $291,230.06

System Integration Services - Installation, optimization, CCSI Staging, 24x7 Warranty/Maintenance for first year, Acceptance $424,901.95 Testing, Project Management, Training, Electrical Work, Fire Station Alerting Relay interface

7% NM State Taxes on Services Only $29,743.14

Dispatch Total $745,875.15

Dispatch Trade in Discount for purchase by 12/14/2018 <$172,820.99> Dispatch if purchased by 12/14/18 .· $573,054; 1Ei

SFRECC ASTRO 25 Core- to be split evenly between City and County:

Total Core Equipment $517,345.47

System Integration Services - Installation, optimization, CCSI Staging, 24x7 Warranty/Maintenance for first year, Acceptance $244,935.78 Testing, Project Management, Administrator Training

7% NM State Taxes on Services Only $17,145.50 --·------·------·---·------+------j Core Total $779,426.75

System Discount for purchase by 12/14/18 <$178,820.99>

Corie if purchased by 12/14/1 B $600,605.76

Santa Fe Prime Site 15 Chann@i R.ep0ater Site-City responsibility

15-channel ASR Site Equipment $411,766.50 ------·--- System Integration Services - Installation, optimization, CCSI Staging, 24x7 Warranty/Maintenance for first year, Acceptance $309,714.54 Testing, Project Management

Public Safety Hadio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page.

Motorola Solutions Con(idential Restricted Pricing Sum103 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

7% NM State Taxes on Services Only $21,680.02

Repeater Site Total $743.161.06

Trade in discount for purchase by 12/14/18 <$172,820.99> Repeater Site Total if purchased by 12/14/18 $570,340.07

City of Santa IF e & Santa County Public Safety Radio Summary Totals:

MCC 7500E Dispatch Equipment & System Integration Services $745,875.15

ASTRO 25 CORE & System Integration Services $779,426.75

Prime Site 15 Channels ASR & System Integration Services $743,161.06

Public Safety Radio System Replacement Total $2,268,462.96

Trade-In Discount $524,462.97 Grand total w.ith Trade~ln Discount for purchase by 12/14/2018 $1;743,999.99

The pricing below is shown for the City and County to consider for Years 2-11 of Maintenance services.

In order to ensure the continuity of the City and County of Santa Fe network and reduce system downtime Motorola Solutions proposes our Advanced Services offering. Appropriate for customers who wish to leverage Motorola Solutions' experienced personnel to maintain mission,-critical communications for their first responders, Advanced Services focuses on monitoring the network on an ongoing basis, proactively mitigating potential functionality and

security issues, and providing both remote and on,0 site support. The proposed offering consists of the following specific services;

w Service Desk. "' Technical Support. ~ Network Event Monitoring. ~' On--site Support.

Public Safety r-'(adio Comrnunir.;,Uons System Solution Use or disclosure of this pmposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover h"""'· 104 Molorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Pricing Summm)l"V-2 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

"' Annual Preventative Maintenance. e Network Hardware Repair with Advanced Replacement.

® Remote Security Patch Installation. These services will be delivered to the City and County through the combination of local service personnel either dedicated to the network or engaged as needed; a centralized team within our Solutions Support Center (SSC), which operates on a 24 x 7 x 365 basis; and our Repair Depot, which will ensure that equipment is repaired to the highest quality standards. The collaboration between these service resources, all of who are experienced in the maintenance of mission-critical networks, will enable a swift analysis of any network issues, an accurate diagnosis of root causes, and a timely resolution and return to normal network operation.

Maintenance-Advanced Services Years 2m11.

Year2 $155,366.00 Year 3 $160,027.00 Year4 $164,828.00 Year5 $169,773.00 Year6 $174,866.00 Year? $180,112.00 Year8 $185,515.00 Year9 $191,081.00 Year10 $196,813.00 Year 11 $202,717.00 Total Years 2~10 Advanced Plus Services $1,781,098.00

In order to keep the City and County of Santa Fe LMR system current, Motorola offers the System Upgrade Agreement II (SUA II). This is a complete package of hardware, software, and professional services required to update the City and County's ASTRO 25 system up to once in a two-year period to a level consistent with the latest system release shipping from the factory.

Updates to software (and occasionally) hardware components ensure ongoing availability of repair services support, system expansion (e.g. addition of RF sites, dispatch positions, data sub~systems, or network management positions), and the latest cyber security protection. The SUA f ! provides a consistent, budgeted solution that delivers complete update coverage while transferring risk associated with integrating future (unknown today) technology to Motorola.

included features

Incremental Software Enhancements (Bug Fixes) .,/

Software Release Updates ../

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this prnposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page.

Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Pricing S1J, 105-·, _ -3 City & County of Santa Fe f\Jovember 28, 2018

Hardware Refresh

Factory-certified integration, testing, and supply chain management of new software (SW) and hardware (HW) components

Professional implementation services to upgrade your live system

As system releases become available, Motorola will provide you with the software, hardware and implementation services required to execute up to one system infrastructure upgrade in a two-year period fory6ur ASTRO 25 system. Hardware updates include version updates and/Or replacements forMotor61a;s field replaceable units (FRU) and third~party networking ~rid computing hardware when required by the software release. Platform migration like replacement of Gold Elite consoles and QUANTAR base radios are not included in this update.

© System releases include commercial OS and application software updates as well as Motorola certified software to improve the system functionality and operation from previous releases as well as significant new feature enhancements that are available for purchase. "' Implementation services include factory integration and testing of new HW and SW components, upgrade planning, and Motorola's personnel in Santa Fe to execute upgrade. SUA II Pricing Years 2~11

Year4 $202,736.00 Year 5 $205,148.00 Year6 $207,631.00 Year? $210,190.00 Year8 $212,825.00 Year9 $215,538.0 Year 10 $218,334.00 Year 11 $221,213.00 Total Years iMO SUA Ii Services $2,092,133.00

Public Safety Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this pl'oposal is subject to !he restrictions on the cover106 paqe. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Pricing Surrm1a1y 1:1·4 City & County of Santa Fe November 28, 2018

SECTION 9

Contractual Documentation is included on the pages that follow.

Public Safely Radio Communications System Solution Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject

to lhe restrictions on the cover page.

Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Contractual Docume1 107 Communications System and Services Agreement

Motorola Solutions, Inc. ("Motorola") and ("Customer") enter into this "Agreement," pursuant to which Customer will purchase and Motorola will sell the System and Services, as described below. Motorola and Customer may be referred to individually as a "Party" and collectively as the "Parties." For good and valuable consideration, the Parties agree as follows:

Section 1 ATTACHMENTS

1.1. EXHIBITS. The Exhibits listed below are exhibits related to the System sale and implementation. These Exhibits are incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement. Exhibit A "Motorola Software License Agreement" Exhibit B "Payment" Exhibit C Technical and Implementation Documents C-1 "System Description" dated------C-2 "Pricing Summary & Equipment List" dated------C-3 "Implementation Statement of Work" dated------C-4 "Acceptance Test Plan" or "ATP" dated------C-5 "Performance Schedule" dated------Exhibit D "System Acceptance Certificate"

1.2. ADDENDUM (ADDENDA). Customer may elect to purchase professional or subscription services in addition to the System and related services. Any such services will be governed by the terms in the main body of the Agreement and an applicable Addendum containing terms specific to such service. Such Addenda will be labeled with the name of the service being purchased.

1.3 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE. In interpreting this Agreement and resolving any ambiguities: 1) the main body of this Agreement takes precedence over the exhibits (unless otherwise specified in an exhibit), and any inconsistency between Exhibits A through D will be resolved in their listed order, and 2) The applicable service Addendum will take precedence over the main body of the Agreement and the Exhibits.

Section 2 DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the following meanings:

"Acceptance Tests" means those tests described in the Acceptance Test Plan.

"Addendum (Addenda)" is the title of the document(s) containing a specific set of terms and conditions applicable to a particular service or other offering beyond the Communication System and System implementation services. The terms in the Addendum are applicable only to the specific service or offering described therein.

"Administrative User Credentials" means an account that has total access over the operating system, files, end user accounts and passwords at either the System level or box level. Customer's personnel with access to the Administrative User Credentials may be referred to as the Administrative User.

"Beneficial Use" means when Customer first uses the System or a Subsystem for operational purposes (excluding training or testing}.

"Confidential Information" means all information consistent with the fulfillment of this Agreement that is (i) disclosed under this Agreement in oral, written, graphic, machine recognizable, and/or sample form, being clearly designated, labeled or marked as confidential or its equivalent or (ii) obtained by

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10.18.18 108 examination, testing or analysis of any hardware, software or any component part thereof provided by discloser to recipient. The nature and existence of this Agreement are considered Confidential Information. Confidential Information that is disclosed orally must be identified as confidential at the time of disclosure and confirmed by the discloser by submitting a written document to the recipient within thirty (30) days after such disclosure. The written document must contain a summary of the Confidential Information disclosed with enough specificity for identification purpose and must be labeled or marked as confidential or Its equivalent.

"Contract Price" means the price for the System and implementation Services, excluding applicable sales or similar taxes and freight charges. Further, unless otherwise stated in Exhibit 8, "Payment" or the pricing pages of the proposal, recurring fees for maintenance, SUA, or subscription services are not included in the Contract Price.

"Deliverables" means all written information (such as reports, specifications, designs, plans, drawings, analytics, Solution Data, or other technical or business information) that Motorola prepares for Customer in the performance of the Services and is obligated to provide to Customer under this Agreement. The Deliverables, if any, are more fully described in the Statement of Work.

"Derivative Proprietary Materials" means derivatives of the Proprietary Materials that Motorola may from time to time, including during the course of providing the Services, develop and/or use and/or to which Motorola provides Customer access.

"Effective Date" means that date upon which the last Party executes this Agreement.

"Equipment" means the hardware components of the Solution that Customer purchases from Motorola under this Agreement. Equipment that is part of the System is described in the Equipment List.

"Feedback" means comments or information, in oral or written form, given to Motorola by Customer In connection with or relating to Equipment or Services, during the term of this Agreement.

"Force Majeure" means an event, circumstance, or act that is beyond a Party's reasonable control, such as an act of God, an act of the public enemy, an act of a government entity, strikes, other labor disturbances, supplier performance, hurricanes, earthquakes, fires, floods, epidemics, embargoes, war, riots, or any other similar cause.

"Motorola Software" means software that Motorola or its affiliated companies owns.

"Non-Motorola Software'' means software that a party other than Motorola or its affiliated companies owns.

"Open Source Software" (also ca/led "freeware" or "shareware") means software with either freely obtainable source code, license for modification, or permission for free distribution.

"Proprietary Materials" means certain software tools and/or other technical materials, including, but not limited to, data, modules, components, designs, utilities, subsets, objects, program listings, models, methodologies, programs, systems, analysis frameworks, leading practices and specifications which Motorola has developed prior to, or independently from, the provision of the Services and/or which Motorola licenses from third parties.

"Proprietary Rights" means the patents, patent applications, inventions, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks, trade names, mask works, know-how, and other intellectual property rights in and to the Equipment and Software, including those created or produced by Motorola under this Agreement and any corrections, bug fixes, enhancements, updates or modifications to or derivative works from U1e Software whether made by Motorola or another party.

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10.18.18 109 "Services" means system im plementailon, maintenance, support, subscription, or other professional services provided under this Agreement, which may be further described in the applicable Addendum and/or SOW.

"Software" (i) means proprietary software in object code format, and adaptations, translations, de compilations, disassemblies, emulations, or derivative works of such software; (ii) means any modifications, enhancements, new versions and new releases of the software provided by Motorola; and (iii) may contain one or more items of software owned by a third party supplier. The term "Software" does not include any third party software provided under separate license or third party software not licensable under the terms of this Agreement.

"Software License Agreement" means the Motorola Software license Agreement (Exhibit A).

"Software Support Policy" ("SwSP") means the policy set forth at httQJ/wvv\,v.rnolorola:.;olutions.com/softwarepolicy describing the specific technical support that will be provided to Customers under the Warranty Period and during any paid maintenance support period for Motorola Software. This policy may be modified from time to time at Motorola's discretion.

"Solution" means the combination of the System(s) and Services provided by Motorola under this Agreement.

"Solution Data" means Customer data that is transformed, altered, processed, aggregated, correlated or operated on by Motorola, its vendors or other data sources and data that has been manipulated or retrieved using Motorola know-how to produce value-added content to data consumers, including customers or citizens which is made available to Customer with the Solution and Services.

"Specifications" means the functionality and performance requirements that are described in the Technical and Implementation Documents.

"SUA" or "SU.A II" means Motorola's Software Upgrade Agreement program.

"Subsystem" means a major part of the System that performs specific funcl:ions or operations. Subsystems are described in the Technical and Implementation Documents.

"System" means the Equipment, including incidental hardware and materials, Software, and design, installation and implementation services that are combined together into an integrated system; the System(s) is (are) described in the Technical and Implementation Documents.

"System Acceptance" means the Acceptance Tests have been successfully completed. "System Data" means data created by, in connection with or in relation to Equipment or the performance of Services under this Agreement.

"Warranty Period" for System Hardware, Software, or services related to system implementation means one (1) year from the date of System Acceptance or Beneficial Use, whichever occurs first Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Addendum, Warranty Period for other Services means ninety (90) days from performance of the Service.

s~ction 3

3.1. SCOPE OF WORK. Motorola wlll provide, install and test the System{s), and perform its other contractual responsibilities to provide the Solution, all in accordance with this Agreement. Customer will perform its contractual responsibilities in accordance with this Agreement.

3.2. CHANGE ORDERS, Either Party may request changes within the general scope of this

Communication System and Services Agreement v .10.18.18 110 Agreement. If a requested change causes an increase or decrease in the cost or time required to perform this Agreement, the Parties will agree to an equitable adjustment of the Contract Price or applicable subscription fees, Performance Schedule, or both, and will reflect the adjustment in a change order or Addendum. Neither Party is obligated to perform requested changes unless both Parties execute a written change order.

3.3. TERM. Unless terminated in accordance with other provisions of this Agreement or extended by mutual agreement of the Parties, the term of this Agreement begins on the Effective Date and continues until the date of Final Project Acceptance or expiration of the Warranty Period, or completion of the Services, whichever occurs last. The term and the effective date of recurring Services will be set forth in the applicable Addendum.

3.4. ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE. For three (3) years after the expiration date of the Agreement, Customer may order additional Equipment or Software, if it is then available. Each purchase order must refer to this Agreement, the expiration date of the Agreement, and must specify the pricing and delivery terms. The Parties agree that, notwithstanding expiration of the Agreement, the applicable provisions of this Agreement (except for pricing, delivery, passage of title and risk of loss to Equipment, warranty commencement, and payment terms) will govern the purchase and sale of the addiliona, Equipment or Software. Additional or contrary terms in the purchase order will be inapplicable, unless signed by both parties. Title and risk of loss to additional Equipment will pass at shipment, warranty will commence upon delivery, and payment is due within thirty (30) days after the invoice date. Motorola will send Customer an invoice as the additional Equipment is shipped or Software is licensed. Alternatively, Customer may register with and place orders through Motorola Online ("MOL"), and this Agreement will be the "Underlying Agreement" for those MOL transactions rather than the MOL On-Line Terms and Conditions of Sale. MOL registration and other information may be found at https://businessonline.motorolasolutions.com and the MOL telephone number is (800) 814-0601.

3.5. MOTOROLA SOFTWARE. Any Motorola Software, including subsequent releases, is licensed to Customer solely in accordance with the Software license Agreement. Customer hereby accepts and agrees to abide by all of the terms and restrictions of the Software License Agreement.

3.6. NON-MOTOROLA SOFTWARE. Any Non-Motorola Software is licensed to Customer in accordance with the standard license, terms, and restrictions of the copyright owner on the Effective Date unless the copyright owner has granted to Motorola the right to sublicense the Non-Motorola Software pursuant to the Software License Agreement, in which case it applies and the copyright owner will have all of Licensor's rights and protections under the Software License Agreement. Motorola makes no representations or warranties of any kind regarding Non-Motorola Software. Non-Motorola Software may include Open Source Software.

3.7. SUBSTITUTIONS. At no additional cost to Customer, Motorola may substitute any Equipment, Software, or services to be provided by Motorola, if the substitute meets or exceeds the Specifications and is of equivalent or better quality to the Customer. Any substitution will be reflected in a change order.

3.8. OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE. This paragraph applies only if a "Priced Options" exhibit is shown in Section 1, or if the parties amend this Agreement to add a Priced Options exhibit. During the term of the option as stated in the Priced Options exhibit (or if no term is stated, then for one (1) year after the Effective Date), Customer has the right and option to purchase the equipment, software, and related services that are described in the Priced Options exhibit. Customer may exercise this option by giving written notice to Seller which must designate what equipment, software, and related services Customer is selecting (including quantities, if applicable). To the extent they apply, the terms and conditions of this Agreement will govern the transaction; however, the parties acknowledge that certain provisions must be agreed upon, and they agree to negotiate those in good faith promptly after Customer delivers the option exercise notice. Examples of provisions that may need to be negotiated are: specific lists of deliverables, statements of work, acceptance test plans, delivery and implementation schedules, payment terms, maintenance and support provisions, additions to or modifications of the Software

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10.18.1!3 111 License Agreement, hosting terms, and modifications to the acceptance and warranty provisions.

Section 4 SERVICES

4.1. If Customer desires and Motorola agrees to continue Services beyond the Term, Customer's issuance and Motorola's acceptance of a purchase order for Services will serve as an automatic extension of the Agreement for purposes of the continuing Services. Only the terms and conditions applicable to the performance of Services will apply to the extended Agreement.

4.2. During the Warranty Period, in addition to warranty services, Motorola will provide maintenance Services for the Equipment and support for the Motorola Software pursuant to the applicable maintenance and support Statements of Work. Support for the Motorola Software will be in accordance with Motorola's established Software Support Policy. Copies of the SwSP can be found at httt:>;//www.rnotornlasolutions.corn/softwar~olicy and will be sent by mail, email or fax to Customer upon written request. Maintenance Services and support during the Warranty Period are included in the Contract Price. Unless already included in the Contract Price, if Customer wishes to purchase 1) additional maintenance or software support services during the Warranty Period; or 2) continue or expand maintenance, software support, installation, and/or SUA services after the Warranty Period, Motorola will provide the description of and pricing for such services in a separate proposal document. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, the terms and conditions in this Agreement applicable to maintenance, support, installation, and/or SUA Services, wilt be included in the Maintenance and Support Addendum, SUA Addendum, the applicable Statements of Work, and the proposal, (if applicable). These collective terms will govern the provision of such Services.

To obtain any such additional Services, Customer will issue a purchase order referring to this Agreement and the separate proposal document. Omission of reference to this Agreement in Customer's purchase order will not affect the applicability of this Agreement. Motorola's proposal may include a cover page entitled "Service Agreement" or "Installation Agreement", as applicable, and other attachments. These cover pages and other attachments are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference

4.3. PROFESSIONAL AND SUBSCRIPTION SERVICES. If Customer purchases professional or subscription Services as part of the Solution, additional or different terms specific to such Service will be included in the applicable Addendum and will apply to those Services. Customer may purchase additional professional or subscription services by issuing a purchase order referencing this Agreement and Motorola's proposal for such additional services.

4.4. Any information in the form of specifications, drawings, reprints, technical information or otherwise furnished to Customer in providing Services under this Agreement or Motorola data viewed, accessed, will remain Motorola's property, will be deemed proprietary, Confidential Information. This Confidential Information will be promptly returned at Motorola's request.

4.5. TOOLS. All tools, equipment, dies, gauges, models, drawings or other materials paid for or furnished by Motorola for the purpose of providing Services under this Agreement will be and remain the sole property of Motorola. Customer will safeguard all such property while it is in Customer's custody or control, be liable for any loss or damage to this property, and return it to Motorola upon request. This property will be held by Customer for Motorola's use without charge and may be removed from Customer's premises by Motorola at any time without restriction. Upon termination of the contract for any reason, Customer shall return to Motorola all equipment delivered to Customer.

4.6. COVENANT NOT TO EMPLOY. During the term of this Agreement and continuing for a period of two (2) years thereafter, Customer will not hire, engage on contract, solicit the employment of, or recommend employment to any third party of any employee of 1\/lotorola or its subcontractors without the prior written authorization of Motorola. This provision applies only to those employees of Motorola or its subcontractors who are responsible for rendering Services under this Agreement. If this provision is

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10.18.18 112 found to be overly broad under applicable law, it will be modified as necessary to conform to applicable law.

4.7. CUSTOMER OBLIGATIONS. If the applicable Statement of Work or Addendum contains assumptions that affect the Services or Deliverables, Customer wm verify that they are accurate and complete. Any information that Customer provides to Motorola concerning the Services or Deliverables will be accurate and complete in all material respects. Customer will make timely decisions and obtain any required management approvals that are reasonably necessary for Motorola to perform the Services and its other duties under this Agreement. Unless the Statement of Work states the contrary, Motorola may rely upon and is not required to evaluate, confirm, reject, modify, or provide advice concerning any assumptions and Customer-provided information, decisions and approvals described in this paragraph.

4.8. ASSUMPTIONS. If any assumptions or conditions contained in this Agreement, applicable Addenda or Statements of Work prove to be incorrect or if Customer's obligations are not performed, Motorola's ability to perform under this Agreement may be impacted and changes to the Contract Price, subscription fees, project schedule, Deliverables, or other changes may be necessary.

4.9. NON-PRECLUSION. If, as a result of the Services performed under this Agreement, Motorola recommends that Customer purchase products or other services, nothing in this Agreement precludes Motorola from participating in a future competitive bidding process or otherwise offering or selling the recommended products or other services to Customer. Customer represents that this paragraph does not violate its procurement or other laws, regulations, or policies.

4.10. PROPRIETARY MATERIALS. Customer acknowledges that Motorola may use and/or provide Customer with access to Proprietary Materials and Derivative Proprietary Materials. The Proprietary Materials and the Derivative Proprietary Materials are the sole and exclusive property of Motorola and Motorola retains all right, title and interest in and to the Proprietary Materials and Derivative Proprietary Materials.

4.11. ADDITIONAL SERVICES. Any services performed by Motorola outside the scope of this Agreement at the direction of Customer will be considered to be additional Services which are subject to additional charges. Any agreement to perform additional Services will be reflected in a written and executed change order, Addendum or amendment to this Agreement.

Section 5 PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE

The Parties will perform their respective responsibilities in accordance with the Performance Schedule. By executing this Agreement, Customer authorizes Motorola to proceed with contract performance.

Section 6 CONTRACT PRICE, PAYMENT AND INVOICING

6.1. Customer affirms that a purchase order or notice to proceed is not required for contract performance or for subsequent years of service, if any, and that sufficient funds have been appropriated in accordance wrth applicable !aw. The Customer will pay all invoices as received from Motorola and any changes in scope will be subject to the change order process as described in this Agreement. At the time of execution of this Agreement, the Customer will provide all necessary reference information to include on invoices for payment in accordance with this Agreement.

6.2. CONTRACT PRICE. The Contract Price in U.S. dollars is $ . If applicable, a pricing summary is included with the Payment schedule in Exhibit B. Motorola has priced the Services, Software, and Equipment as an integrated System. A change in Software or Equipment quantlties, or Services, may affect the overall Contract Price, including discounts if applicable. Fees for professional, SUA, and/or subscription services which are not included in the Contract Price may be listed in Exhibit B, the pricing pages of the proposal, or the applicable Addendum.

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10.18.1 !l 113 6.3. INVOICING AND PAYMENT. Motorola will submit invoices to Customer according to the Payment schedule in Exhibit B. Except for a payment that is due on the Effective Date, Customer will make payments to Motorola within thirty {30) days after the date of each invoice. Customer will make payments when due in the form of a wire transfer, check, or cashier's check from a U.S. financial institution. Overdue invoices will bear simple interest at the maximum allowable rate. For reference, the Federal Tax Identification Number for Motorola is 36-1115800.

6.4. FREIGHT, TITLE, AND RISK OF LOSS. Motorola will pre-pay and add all freight charges to the invoices. Title and risk of loss to the Equipment will pass to Customer upon shipment. Title to Software will not pass to Customer at any time. Motorola will pack and ship all Equipment in accordance with good commercial practices.

6.5. INVOICING AND SHIPPING ADDRESSES. Invoices will be sent to the Customer at the following address: Name

Phone------~ Email------

The address which is the ultimate destination where the Equipment will be delivered to Customer is: Name

The Equipment will be shipped to the Customer at the following address {insert if this information is known): Name

Customer may change this information by giving written notice to Motorola.

Section 7 SITES AND SITE CONDITIONS

7.1. ACCESS TO SITES. In addition to its responsibilities described elsewhere in this Agreement, Customer will provide a designated project manager; all necessary construction and building permits, zoning variances, licenses, and any other approvals that are necessary to develop or use the sites and mounting locations; and access to the worksites or vehicles identified in the Technical and Implementation Documents as reasonably requested by Motorola so that it may perform its duties in accordance with the Performance Schedule and Statement of Work. If the Statement of Work so indicates, Motorola may assist Customer in the local building permit process.

7.2. SITE CONDITIONS. Customer will ensure that all work sites it provides will be safe, secure, and in compliance with all applicable industry and OSHA standards. To the extent applicable and unless the Statement of Work states to the contrary, Customer will ensure that these work sites have adequate: physical space; air conditioning and other environmental conditions; adequate and appropriate electrical power outlets, distribution, equipment and connections; and adequate telephone or other communication lines {including modem access and adequate interfacing networking capabilities), all for the installation, use and maintenance of the System. Before installing the Equipment or Software at a work site, Motorola may inspect the work site and advise Customer of any apparent deficiencies or non-conformities with the requirements of this Section. This Agreement is predicated upon normal soil conditions as defined by the version of E.I.A. standard RS-222 in effect on the Effective Date.

7.3. SITE ISSUES. If a Party determines that the sites identified in the Technical and Implementation Documents are no longer available or desired, or if subsurface, structural, adverse environmental or

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10.18.18 114 latent conditions at any site differ from those indicated in the Technical and Implementation Documents, the Parties will promptly investigate the conditions and will select replacement sites or adjust the installation plans and specifications as necessary. If change in sites or adjustment to the installation plans and specifications causes a change in the cost or time to perform, the Parties will equitably amend the Contract Price, Performance Schedule, or both, by a change order.

Section 8 TRAINING

Any training to be provided by Motorola to Customer will be described in the applicable Statement of Work. Customer will notify Motorola immediately if a date change for a scheduled training program is required. If Motorola incurs additional costs because Customer reschedules a training program less than thirty (30) days before its scheduled start date, Motorola may recover these additional costs.

Section 9 SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE

9.1. COMMENCEMENT OF ACCEPTANCE TESTING. Motorola will provide to Customer at least ten (1 O) days notice before the Acceptance Tests commence. System testing will occur only in accordance with the Acceptance Test Plan.

9.2. SYSTEM ACCEPT ANGE. System Acceptance will occur upon successful completion of the Acceptance Tests. Upon System Acceptance, the Parties will memorialize this event by promptly executing a System Acceptance Certificate. If the Acceptance Test Plan includes separate tests for individual Subsystems or phases of the System, acceptance of the individual Subsystem or phase will occur upon the successful completion of the Acceptance Tests for the Subsystem or phase, and the Parties will promptly execute an acceptance certificate for the Subsystem or phase. If Customer believes the System has failed the completed Acceptance Tests, Customer will provide to Motorola a written notice that includes the specific details of the failure. If Customer does not provide to Motorola a failure notice within thirty (30) days after completion of the Acceptance Tests, System Acceptance will be deemed to have occurred as of the completion of the Acceptance Tests. Minor omissions or variances in the System that do not materially impair the operation of the System as a whole will not postpone System Acceptance or Subsystem acceptance, but will be corrected according to a mutually agreed schedule.

9.3. BENEFICIAL USE. Customer acknowledges that Motorola's ability to perform its implementation and testing responsibilities may be impeded if Customer begins using the System before System Acceptance. Therefore, Customer will not commence Beneficial Use before System Acceptance without Motorola's prior written authorization, which will not be unreasonably withheld. Motorola is not responsible for System performance deficiencies that occur during unauthorized Beneficial Use. Upon commencement of Beneficial Use, Customer assumes responsibility for the use and operation of the System.

9.4. FINAL PROJECT ACCEPTANCE. Final Project Acceptance will occur after System Acceptance when all deliverables and other work have been completed. When Final Project Acceptance occurs, the parties will promptly memorialize this final event by so indicating on the System Acceptance Certificate.

Section 10 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

10.1. SYSTEM FUNCTIONALITY. Motorola represents that the System will perform in accordance with the Specifications in all material respects. Upon System Acceptance or Beneficial Use, whichever occurs first, this System functionality representation is fulfilled. Motorola is not responsible for System performance deficiencies that are caused by ancillary equipment not furnished by Motorola which is attached to or used in connection with the System or for reasons or parties beyond Motorola's control, such as natural causes; the construction of a building that adversely affects the microwave path reliability or radio frequency (RF) coverage; the addition of frequencies at System sites that cause RF interference or intermodulation; or Customer changes to load usage or configuration outside the Specifications.

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10.18.18 115 10.2. EQUIPMENT WARRANTY. During the Warranty Period, Motorola warrants that the Equipment under normal use and service will be free from material defects in materials and workmanship. If System Acceptance is delayed beyond six (6) months after shipment of the Equipment by events or causes beyond Motorola's control, this warranty expires eighteen ( 18) months after the shipment of the Equipment.

10.3. SOFTWARE WARRANTY. Except as described in the SwSP and unless otherwise stated in the Software License Agreement, during the Warranty Period, Motorola warrants the Software in accordance with the warranty terms set forth in the Software License Agreement and the provisions of this Section that are applicable to the Software. If System Acceptance is delayed beyond six (6) months after shipment of the Motorola Software by events or causes beyond Motorola's control, this warranty expires eighteen (18) months after the shipment of the Motorola Software. Nothing in this Warranty provision is intended to conflict or modify the Software Support Policy. In the event of an ambiguity or conflict between the Software Warranty and Software Support Policy, the Software Support Policy governs.

10.4. EXCLUSIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE WARRANTIES. These warranties do not apply to: (i) defects or damage resulting from: use of the Equipment or Software in other than its normal, customary, and authorized manner; accident, liquids, neglect, or acts of God; testing, maintenance, disassembly, repair, installation, alteration, modification, or adjustment not provided or authorized in writing by Motorola; Customer's failure to comply with all applicable industry and OSHA standards; (ii) breakage of or damage to antennas unless caused directly by defects in material or workmanship; (iii) Equipment that has had the serial number removed or made illegible; (iv) batteries (because they carry their own separate limited warranty) or consumables; (v) freight costs to ship Equipment to the repair depot; (vi) scratches or other cosmetic damage to Equipment surfaces that does not affect the operation of the Equipment; and (vii) normal or customary wear and tear.

10.5. SERVICE WARRANTY. During the Warranty Period, Motorola warrants that the Services will be provided in a good and workmanlike manner and will conform in all material respects to the applicable Statement of Work. Services will be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days from the date the performance of the Services are completed. Customer acknowledges that the Deliverables may contain recommendations, suggestions or advice from Motorola to Customer (collectively, "recommendations"). Motorola makes no warranties concerning those recommendations, and Customer alone accepts responsibility for choosing whether and how to implement the recommendations and the results to be realized from implementing them.

10.6. WARRANTY CLAIMS. To assert a warranty claim, Customer must notify Motorola in writing of the claim before the expiration of the Warranty Period. Upon receipt of this notice, Motorola will investigate the warranty claim. If this investigation confirms a valid Equipment or Software warranty claim, Motorola will (at its option and at no additional charge to Customer) repair the defective Equipment or Motorola Software, replace it with the same or equivalent product, or refund the price of the defective Equipment or Motorola Software. These actions will be the full extent of Motorola's liability for the warranty claim. In the event of a valid Services warranty claim, Customer's sole remedy is to require Motorola to re-perform the non-conforming Service or to refund, on a pro-rata basis, the fees paid for the non-conforming Service. If this investigation indicates the warranty claim is not valid, then Motorola may invoice Customer for responding to the claim on a time and materials basis using Motorola's then current labor rates. Repaired or replaced product is warranted for the balance of the original applicable warranty period. All replaced products or parts will become the property of Motorola.

10.7. ORIGINAL END USER IS COVERED. These express limited warranties are extended by Motorola to the original user purchasing the System or Services for commercial, industrial, or governmental use only, and are not assignable or transferable.

10.8. DISCLAIMER OF OTHER WARRANTIES. THESE WARRANTIES ARE THE COMPLETE WARRANTIES FOR THE EQUIPMENT AND MOTOROLA SOFTWARE PROVIDED UNDER THIS

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10.18.18 116 AGREEMENT AND ARE GIVEN IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Section 11 DELAYS

11.1. FORCE MAJEURE. Neither Party will be liable for its non-performance or delayed performance if caused by a Force Majeure. A Party that becomes aware of a Force Majeure that will significantly delay performance will notify the other Party promptly (but in no event later than fifteen days) after it discovers the Force Majeure. If a Force Majeure occurs, the Parties will execute a change order to extend the Performance Schedule or applicable Addenda for a time period that is reasonable under the circumstances.

11.2. PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE DELAYS CAUSED BY CUSTOMER. If Customer (including its other contractors) delays the Performance Schedule, it will make the promised payments according to the Payment schedule as if no delay occurred; and the Parties will execute a change order to extend the Performance Schedule and, if requested, compensate Motorola for all reasonable charges incurred because of the delay. Delay charges may include costs incurred by Motorola or its subcontractors for additional freight, warehousing and handling of Equipment; extension of the warranties; travel; suspending and re-mobilizing the work; additional engineering, project management, and standby time calculated at then current rates; and preparing and implementing an alternative implementation plan.

Section 12 DISPUTES

The Parties will use the following procedure to address any dispute arising under this Agreement (a "Dispute").

12.1. GOVERN I NG LAW. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State in which the System 1s installed.

12.2. NEGOTIATION. Either Party may initiate the Dispute resolution procedures by sending a notice of Dispute ("Notice of Dispute"). The Parties will attempt to resolve the Dispute promptly through good faith negotiations including 1) timely escalation of the Dispute to executives who have authority to settle the Dispute and who are at a higher level of management than the persons with direct responsibility for the matter and 2) direct communication between the executives. If the Dispute has not been resolved within ten (10) days from the Notice of Dispute, the Parties will proceed to mediation.

12.3. MEDIATION. The Parties will choose an independent mediator within thirty (30) days of a notice to mediate from either Party ("Notice of Mediation"). Neither Party may unreasonably withhold consent to the selection of a mediator. If the Parties are unable to agree upon a mediator, either Party may request that American Arbitration Association nominate a mediator. Each Party will bear its own costs of mediation, but the Parties will share the cost of the mediator equally. Each Party will participate in the mediation in good faith and will be represented at the mediation by a business executive with authority to settle the Dispute.

12.4. LITIGATION, VENUE and JURISDICTION. If a Dispute remains unresolved for sixty (60) days after receipt of the Notice of Mediation, either Party may then submit the Dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction in the state in which the System is installed. Each Party irrevocably agrees to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts in such state over any claim or matter arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

12.5. CONFIDENTIALITY. All communications pursuant to subsections 12.2 and 12.3 will be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence and any additional confidentiality protections provided by applicable law. The use of these Dispute resolution

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10.18.18 117 procedures will not be construed under the doctrines of laches, waiver or estoppel to affect adversely the rights of either Party.

Section 13 DEFAULT AND TERMINATION

13.1. DEFAULT BY A PARTY. If either Party fails to perform a material obligation under this Agreement, the other Party may consider the non-performing Party to be in default (unless a Force Majeure causes the failure) and may assert a default claim by giving the non-performing Party a written and detailed notice of default. Except for a default by Customer for failing to pay any amount when due under this Agreement which must be cured immediately, the defaulting Party will have thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice of default to either cure the default or, if the default is not curable within thirty (30) days, provide a written cure plan. The defaulting Party will begin implementing the cure plan immediately after receipt of notice by the other Party that it approves the plan. If Customer is the defaulting Party, Motorola may stop work on the project until it approves the Customer's cure plan.

13.2. FAILURE TO CURE. If a defaulting Party fails to cure the default as provided above in Section 13.1, unless otherwise agreed in writing, the non-defaulting Party may terminate any unfulfilled portion of this Agreement. In the event of termination for default, the defaulting Party will promptly return to the non defaulting Party any of its Confidential Information. If Customer is the non-defaulting Party, terminates this Agreement as permitted by this Section, and completes the System through a third Party, Customer may as its exclusive remedy recover from Motorola reasonable costs incurred to complete the System to a capability not exceeding that specified in this Agreement less the unpaid portion of the Contract Price. Customer will mitigate damages and provide Motorola with detailed invoices substantiating the charges. In the event Customer elects to terminate this Agreement for any reason other than default, Customer shall pay Motorola for the conforming Equipment and/or Software delivered and all services performed.

Section 14 INDEMNIFICATION

14.1. GENERAL INDEMNITY BY Motorola. Motorola will indemnify and hold Customer harmless from any and all liability, expense, judgment, suit, cause of action, or demand for personal injury, death, or direct damage to tangible property which may accrue against Customer to the extent it is caused by the negligence of Motorola, its subcontractors, or their employees or agents, while performing their duties under this Agreement, if Customer gives Motorola prompt, written notice of any claim or suit. Customer will cooperate with Motorola in its defense or settlement of the claim or suit. This Section sets forth the full extent of Motorola's general indemnification of Customer from liabilities that are in any way related to Motorola's performance under this Agreement.

14.2. GENERAL INDEMNITY BY CUSTOMER. Customer will indemnify and hold Motorola harmless from any and all liability, expense, judgment, suit, cause of action, or demand for personal injury, death, or direct damage to tangible property which may accrue against Motorola to the extent it is caused by the negligence of Customer, its other contractors, or their employees or agents, while performing their duties under this Agreement, if Motorola gives Customer prompt, written notice of any the claim or suit. Motorola will cooperate with Customer in its defense or settlement of the claim or suit. This Section sets forth the full extent of Customer's general indemnification of Motorola from liabilities that are in any way related to Customer's performance under this Agreement.

14.3. PATENT AND COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT.

14.3.1. Motorola will defend at its expense any suit brought against Customer to the extent it is based on a third-party claim alleging that the Equipment manufactured by Motorola or the Motorola Software ("Motorola Product") directly infringes a United States patent or copyright ("Infringement Claim"). Motorola's duties to defend and indemnify are conditioned upon: Customer promptly notifying Motorola in writing of the Infringement Claim; Motorola having sole control of the defense of the suit and all negotiations for its settlement or compromise; and Customer providing to Motorola cooperation and, if requested by Motorola, reasonable assistance in the defense of the Infringement Claim. In addition to

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10.18.10 118 Motorola's obligation to defend, and subject to the same conditions, Motorola will pay all damages finally awarded against Customer by a court of competent jurisdiction for an Infringement Claim or agreed to, in writing, by Motorola in settlement of an Infringement Claim.

14.3.2 If an Infringement Claim occurs, or in Motorola's opinion is likely to occur, Motorola may at its option and expense: (a) procure for Customer the right to continue using the Motorola Product; (b) replace or modify the Motorola Product so that it becomes non-infringing while providing functionally equivalent performance; or (c) accept the return of the Motorola Product and grant Customer a credit for the Motorola Product, less a reasonable charge for depreciation. The depreciation amount will be calculated based upon generally accepted accounting standards.

14.3.3 Motorola will have no duty to defend or indemnify for any Infringement Claim that is based upon: (a) the combination of the Motorola Product with any software, apparatus or device not furnished by Motorola; (b) the use of ancillary equipment or software not furnished by Motorola and that is attached to or used in connection with the Motorola Product; (c) Motorola Product designed or manufactured in accordance with Customer's designs, specifications, guidelines or instructions, if the alleged infringement would not have occurred without such designs, specifications, guidelines or instructions; (d) a modification of the Motorola Product by a party other than Motorola; (e) use of the Motorola Product in a manner for which the Motorola Product was not designed or that is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement; or (f) the failure by Customer to install an enhancement release to the Motorola Software that is intended to correct the claimed infringement. In no event will Motorola's liability resulting from its indemnity obligation to Customer extend in any way to royalties payable on a per use basis or the Customer's revenues, or any royalty basis other than a reasonable royalty based upon revenue derived by Motorola from Customer from sales or license of the infringing Motorola Product.

14.3.4. This Section 14 provides Customer's sole and exclusive remedies and Motorola's entire liability in the event of an Infringement Claim. Customer has no right to recover and Motorola has no obligation to provide any other or further remedies, whether under another provision of this Agreement or any other legal theory or principle, in connection with an Infringement Claim. In addition, the rights and remedies provided in this Section 14 are subject to and limited by the restrictions set forth in Section 15.

Section 15 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

Except for personal injury or death, Motorola's total liability, whether for breach of contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability in tort, indemnification, or otherwise, will be limited to the direct damages recoverable under law, but not to exceed the price of the Equipment, Software, or implementation and other one-time Services with respect to which losses or damages are claimed. With respect to all subscription or other ongoing Services and unless as otherwise provided under the applicable Addenda, Motorola's total liability will be limited to the direct damages recoverable under law, but not to exceed the price of twelve (12) months of Services preceding the incident giving rise to the claim. ALTHOUGH THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSSES OR DAMAGES, THEY AGREE THAT MOTOROLA WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY COMMERCIAL LOSS, INCONVENIENCE, LOSS OF USE, LOSS TIME, DATA, GOODWILL, REVENUES, PROFITS OR SAVINGS; OR OTHER SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO OR ARISING FROM THIS AGREEMENT, THE SALE OR USE OF THE EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE, OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES BY MOTOROLA PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT. This limitation of liability provision survives the expiration or termination of the Agreement and applies notwithstanding any contrary provision. No action for contract breach or otherwise relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be brought more than one (1) year after the accrual of the cause of action, except for money due upon an open account.

Section 16 CONFIDENTIALITY AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

16.1. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10.18.18 119 16.1.1. Each party is a disclosing party ("Discloser") and a receiving party ("Recipient") under this Agreement. All Deliverables will be deemed to be Motorola's Confidential Information. During the term of this Agreement and for a period of three (3) years from the expiration or termination of this Agreement, Recipient will (i) not disclose Confidential Information to any third party; {ii) restrict disclosure of Confidential Information to only those employees (including, but not limited to, employees of any wholly owned subsidiary, a parent company, any other wholly owned subsidiaries of the same parent company), agents or consultants who must be directly involved with the Confidential Information for the purpose and who are bound by confidentiality terms substantially similar to those in this Agreement; (iii) not copy, reproduce, reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble any Confidential Information; (iv) use the same degree of care as for its own information of like importance, but at least use reasonable care, in safeguarding against disclosure of Confidential Information; (v) promptly notify Discloser upon discovery of any unauthorized use or disclosure of the Confidential Information and take reasonable steps to regain possession of the Confidential Information and prevent further unauthorized actions or other breach of this Agreement; and (vi) only use the Confidential Information as needed to fulfill this Agreement.

16.1.2. Recipient is not obligated to maintain as confidential, Confidential Information that Recipient can demonstrate by documentation (i) is now available or becomes available to the public without breach of this agreement; (ii} is explicitly approved for release by written authorization of Discloser; (iii) is lawfully obtained from a third party or parties without a duty of confidentiaHty; (iv) is known to the Recipient prior to such disclosure; or (v} is independently developed by Recipient without the use of any of Discloser's Confidential Information or any breach of this Agreement.

16.1.3. All Confidential Information remains the property of the Discloser and will not be copied or reproduced without the express written permission of the Discloser, except for copies that are absolutely necessary in order to fulfill this Agreement. Within ten (10) days of receipt of Discloser's written request, Recipient will return all Confidential Information to Discloser along with all copies and portions thereof, or certify ln writing that all such Confidential Information has been destroyed. However, Recipient may retain one (1) archival copy of the Confidential Information that it may use only in case of a dispute concerning this Agreement. No license, express or implied, in the Confidential Information is granted other than to use the Confidential Information in the manner and to the extent authorized by this Agreement. The Discloser warrants that it is authorized to disclose any Confidential Information It discloses pursuant to this Agreement.

16.2. PRESERVATION OF MOTOROLA'S PROPRlETARY RIGHTS. Motorola, the third party manufacturer of any Equipment. and the copyright owner of any Non-Motorola Software own and retain all of their respective Proprietary Rights in the Equipment and Software, and nothing in this Agreement ls intended to restrict their Proprietary Rights. All intellectual property developed, originated, or prepared by Motorola in connection with providing to Customer the Equipment, Software, or related services remain vested exclusively in Motorola, and this Agreement does not grant to Customer any shared development rights of intellectual property. Except as explicitly provided in the Software License Agreement, Motorola does not grant to Customer, either directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any right, title or interest in Motorola's Proprietary Rights. Customer will not modify, disassemble, peel components, decompile, otherwise reverse engineer or attempt to reverse engineer, derive source code or create derivative works from, adapt, translate, merge with other software, reproduce, distribute, sublicense, sell or export the Software, or permit or encourage any third party to do so. The preceding sentence does not apply to Open Source Software which is governed by the standard license of the copyright owner.

16.3 VOLUNTARY DISCLOSURE. Except as required to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, Motorola will have no obligation to provide Customer with access to its Confidential Information and/or proprietary information. Under no circumstances will Motorola be required to provide any data related to cost and pricing.

16.4 DATA AND FEEDBACK.

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10.18.18 120 16.4.1 To the extent permitted by law, Customer owns all right, title and interest in System Data created solely by it or its agents (hereafter, "Customer Data"), and grants to Motorola the right to use, host, cache, store, reproduce, copy, modify, combine, analyze, create derivatives from, communicate, transmit, publish, display, and distribute such Customer Data. 16.4.2 Motorola owns all right, title and interest in data resulting from System Data that is or has been transformed, altered, processed, aggregated, correlated or operated on (hereafter, "Derivative Data").

16.4.3 Any Feedback given by Customer is and will be entirely voluntary and, even if designated as confidential, will not create any confidentiality obligation for Motorola. Motorola will be free to use, reproduce, license or otherwise distribute and exploit the Feedback without any obligation to Customer. Customer acknowledges that Motorola's receipt of the Feedback does not imply or create recognition by Motorola of either the novelty or originality of any idea. The parties further agree that all fixes, modifications and improvements made to Motorola products or services conceived of or made by Motorola that are based, either in whole or in part, on the Feedback are the exclusive property of Motorola and all right, title and interest in and to such fixes, modifications or improvements to the Motorola product or service will vest solely in Motorola.

Section 17 GENERAL

17.1. TAXES. The Contract Price does not include any excise, sales, lease, use, property, or other taxes, assessments or duties, all of which will be paid by Customer except as exempt by /aw. If Motorola is required to pay any of these taxes, Motorola will send an invoice to Customer and Customer will pay to Motorola the amount of the taxes (including any interest and penalties) within thirty (30) days after the date of the invoice. Customer will be solely responsible for reporting the Equipment for personal property tax purposes, and Motorola will be solely responsible for reporting taxes on its income or networth.

17.2. ASSIGNABILITY AND SUBCONTRACTING. Except as provided herein, neither Party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Any attempted assignment, delegation, or transfer without the necessary consent will be void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Motorola may assign this Agreement to any of its affiliates or its right to receive payment without the prior consent of Customer. In addition, in the event Motorola separates one or more of its businesses (each a "Separated Business"), whether by way of a sale, establishment of a joint venture, spin-off or otherwise (each a "Separation Event"), Motorola may, without the prior written consent of the other Party and at no additional cost to Motorola, assign this Agreement such that it will continue to benefit the Separated Business and its affiliates (and Motorola and its affiliates, to the extent applicable) following the Separation Event. Motorola may subcontract any of the work, but subcontracting will not relieve Motorola of its duties under this Agreement.

17.3. WAIVER. Failure or delay by either Party to exercise a right or power under this Agreement will not be a waiver of the right or power. For a waiver of a right or power to be effective, it must be in a writing signed by the waiving Party. An effective waiver of a right or power will not be construed as either a future or continuing waiver of that same right or power, or the waiver of any other right or power.

17.4. SEVERABILITY. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders any part of this Agreement invalid or unenforceable, that part will be severed and the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect.

17.5. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS. Each Party will pe1form its duties under this Agreement as an

Communicalion System and Services Agreement v.10.18.18 121 independent contractor. The Parties and their personnel will not be considered to be employees or agents of the other Party. Nothing in this Agreement will be interpreted as granting either Party the right or authority to make commitments of any kind for the other. This Agreement will not constitute, create, or be interpreted as a joint venture, partnership or formal business organization of any kind.

17.6. HEADINGS AND SECTION REFERENCES. The section headings in this Agreement are inserted only for convenience and are not to be construed as part of this Agreement or as a limitation of the scope of the particular section to which the heading refers. This Agreement will be fairly interpreted in accordance with its terms and conditions and not for or against either Party.

17.7. NOTICES. Notices required under this Agreement to be given by one Party to the other must be in writing and either personally delivered or sent to the address provided by the other Party by certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid (or by a recognized courier service, such as Federal Express, UPS, or DHL), or by facsimile with correct answerback received, and wifl be effective upon receipt.

17.8. COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS. Each Party will comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations and rules concerning the performance of this Agreement or use of the System. Customer will obtain and comply with all Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") licenses and authorizations required for the installation, operation and use of the System before the scheduled installation of the Equipment. Although Motorola might assist Customer in the preparation of its FCC license applications, neither Motorola nor any of its employees is an agent or representative of Customer in FCC or other matters.

17.9 FUTURE REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. The Parties acknowledge and agree that this is an evolving technological area and therefore, laws and regulations regarding Services and use of Solution may change. Changes to existing Services or the Solution required to achieve regulatory compliance may be avaifabfe for an additional fee. Any required changes may also impact the price for Services.

17.10. AUTHORITY TO EXECUTE AGREEMENT. Each Party represents that it has obtained all necessary approvals, consents and authorizations to enter into this Agreement and to perform its duties under this Agreement; the person executing this Agreement on its behalf has the authority to do so; upon execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Parties, it is a valid and binding contract, enforceable in accordance with its terms; and the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement does not violate any byfaw, charter, regulation, faw or any other governing authority of the Party.

17.11. ADMINISTRATOR LEVEL ACCOUNT ACCESS. If applicable to the type of System purchased by Customer, Motorola will provide Customer with Administrative User Credentials. Customer agrees to only grant access to the Administrative User Credentials to those personnel with the training and experience to correctly use them. Customer ls responsible for protecting Administrative User Credentials from disclosure and maintaining Credential validity by, among other things, updating passwords when required. Customer may be asked to provide valid Administrative User Credentials when in contact with Motorola System support personnel. Customer understands that changes made as the Administrative User can significantly impact the performance of the System. Customer agrees that it will be solely responsible for any negative impact on the System or its users by any such changes. System issues occurring as a result of changes made using the Administrative User Credentials may impact Motorola's ability to perform Services or other obligations under the Agreement. In such cases, a revision to the appropriate provisions of the Agreement, including the Statement of Work, may be necessary. To the

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10.18.18 122 extent Motorola provides assistance to correct any issues caused by or arising out of the use of or failure to maintain Administrative User Credentials, Motorola will be entitled to bill Customer and Customer will pay Motorola on a time and materials basis for resolving the issue.

17. 12. SURVIVAL OF TERMS. The following provisions will survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason: Section 3.5 {Motorola Software); Section 3.6 (Non-Motorola Software); if any payment obligations exist, Sections 6.2 and 6.3 (Contract Price and Invoicing and Payment); Subsection 10.8 (Disclaimer of Implied Warranties); Section 12 (Disputes); Section 15 (Limitation of Liability); and Section 16 {Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights); and all of the General provisions in Section 17.

17.13. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, including all Exhibits, constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties regarding the subject matter of the Agreement and supersedes all previous agreements, proposals, and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to this subject matter. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, and shall have the same legal force and effect as if the Parties had executed it as a single document. The Parties may sign in writing, or by electronic signature, including by email. An electronic signature, or a facsimile copy or computer image, such as a PDF or tiff image, of a signature, shall be treated as and shall have the same effect as an original signature. In addition, an electronic signature, a true and correct facsimile copy or computer image of this Agreement shall be treated as and shall have the same effect as an original signed copy of this document. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by authorized representatives of both Parties. The preprinted terms and conditions found on any Customer purchase or purchase order, acknowledgment or other form will not be considered an amendment or modification of this Agreement, even if a representative of each Party signs that document.

The Parties hereby enter into this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

Motorola Solutions, Inc. Customer

By: ______By: ______

Name: ______Name:------

Title:~-- . Title: ______

Date: ______.. _, _____ Date:------

Communication System and Services Agreement v. 10.18.18 123 Exhibit A

MOTOROLA SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Exhibit A Motorola Software License Agreement ("Agreement") is between Motorola Solutions, Inc., ("Motorola"), and ("Licensee").

For good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1 DEFINITIONS

1.1 "Designated Products" means products provided by Motorola to Licensee with which or for which the Software and Documentation is licensed for use.

1.2 "Documentation" means product and software documentation that specifies technical and performance features and capabilities, and the user, operation and training manuals for the Software (including all physical or electronic media upon which such information is provided).

1.3 "Open Source Software" means software with either freely obtainable source code, license for modification, or permission for free distribution.

1.4 "Open Source Software License" means the terms or conditions under which the Open Source Software is licensed.

1.5 "Primary Agreement" means the agreement to which this exhibit is attached.

1.6 "Security Vulnerability" means a flaw or weakness in system security procedures, design, implementation, or internal controls that could be exercised (accidentally triggered or intentionally exploited) and result in a security breach such that data is compromised, manipulated or stolen or the system damaged.

1. 7 "Software" (i) means proprietary software in object code format, and adaptations, translations, de compilations, disassemblies, emulations, or derivative works of such software; (ii) means any modifications, enhancements, new versions and new releases of the software provided by Motorola; and (iii) may contain one or more items of software owned by a third party supplier. The term "Software" does not include any third party software provided under separate license or third party software not licensable under the terms of this Agreement.

Section 2 SCOPE

Motorola and Licensee enter into this Agreement in connection with Motorola's delivery of certain proprietary software or products containing embedded or pre-loaded proprietary software, or both. This Agreement contains the terms and conditions of the license Motorola is providing to Licensee, and Licensee's use of the proprietary software and affiliated documentation.

Section 3 GRANT OF LICENSE

3.1. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the payment of applicable license fees, Motorola grants to Licensee a personal, limited, non-transferable (except as permitted in Section 7) and non exclusive license under Motorola's copyrights and Confidential Information (as defined in the Primary Agreement) embodied in the Software to use the Software, in object code form, and the Documentation solely in connection with Licensee's use of the Designated Products. This Agreement does not grant any rights to source code.

Comm uni cation System and Services Agreement v.10.18.18 124 3.2. If the Software licensed under this Agreement contains or is derived from Open Source Software, the terms and conditions governing the use of such Open Source Software are in the Open Source Software Licenses of the copyright owner and not this Agreement. If there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Open Source Software Licenses governing Licensee's use of the Open Source Software, the terms and conditions of the license grant of the applicable Open Source Software Licenses will take precedence over the license grants in this Agreement. If requested by Licensee, Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to: {i) determine whether any Open Source Software is provided under this Agreement; and {ii} identify the Open Source Software {or specify where that license may be found).

3.3 TO THE EXTENT, IF ANY, THAT THERE IS A SEPARATE LICENSE AGREEMENT PACKAGED WITH, OR PROVIDED ELECTRONICALLY WITH, A PARTICULAR PRODUCT THAT BECOMES EFFECTIVE ON AN ACT OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE END USER, THEN THAT AGREEMENT SUPERSEDES THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT AS TO THE END USER OF EACH SUCH PRODUCT.

Section 4 LIMITATIONS ON USE

4.1. Licensee may use the Software only for Licensee's internal business purposes and only in accordance with the Documentation. Any other use of the Software is strictly prohibited. Without limiting the general nature of these restrictions, Licensee will not make the Software available for use by third parties on a "time sharing," "application service provider," or "service bureau" basis or for any other similar commercial rental or sharing arrangement.

4.2. Licensee will not, and will not allow or enable any third party to: {i) reverse engineer, disassemble, peel components, decompile, reprogram or otherwise reduce the Software or any portion to a human perceptible form or otherwise attempt to recreate the source code; (ii) modify, adapt, create derivative works of, or merge the Software; (iii) copy, reproduce, distribute, lend, or lease the Software or Documentation to any third party, grant any sublicense or other rights in the Software or Documentation to any third party, or take any action that would cause the Software or Documentation to be placed in the public domain; (iv) remove, or in any way alter or obscure, any copyright notice or other notice of Motorola's proprietary rights; (v) provide, copy, transmit, disclose, divulge or make the Software or Documentation available to, or permit the use of the Software by any third party or on any machine except as expressly authorized by this Agreement; or (vi) use, or permit the use of, the Software in a manner that would result in the production of a copy of the Software solely by activating a machine containing the Software. Licensee may make one copy of Software to be used solely for archival, back up, or disaster recovery purposes; provided that Licensee may not operate that copy of the Software at the same time as the original Software is being operated. Licensee may make as many copies of the Documentation as it may reasonably require for the internal use of the Software.

4.3. Unless otherwise authorized by Motorola in writing, Licensee will not, and will not enable or allow any third party to: (i) install a licensed copy of the Software on more than one unit of a Designated Product; or (ii) copy onto or transfer Software installed in one unit of a Designated Product onto one other device. Licensee may temporarily transfer Software installed on a Designated Product to another device if the Designated Product is inoperable or malfunctioning, if Licensee provides written notice to Motorola of the temporary transfer and identifies the device on which the Software is transferred. Temporary transfer of the Software to another device must be discontinued when the original Designated Product is returned to operation and the Software must be removed from the other device. Licensee must provide prompt written notice to Motorola at the time tern porary transfer is discontinued.

4.4 Licensee will maintain, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of two years thereafter, accurate records relating to this license grant to verify compliance with this Agreement. Motorola or an independent third party ("Auditor") may inspect Licensee's premises, books and records, upon reasonable prior notice to Licensee, during Licensee's normal business hours and subject to Licensee's facility and

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10.18.18 125 security regulations. Motorola is responsible for the payment of all expenses and costs of the Auditor. Any information obtained by Motorola and the Auditor will be kept in strict confidence by Motorola and the Auditor and used solely for the purpose of verifying Licensee's compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

Section 5 OWNERSHIP AND TITLE

Motorola, its licensors, and its suppliers retain all of their proprietary rights in any form in and to the Software and Documentation, including, but not limited to, all rights in patents, patent applications, inventions, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, trade names, and other proprietary rights in or relating to the Software and Documentation (including any corrections, bug fixes, enhancements, updates, modifications, adaptations, translations, de-compilations, disassemblies, emulations to or derivative works from the Software or Documentation, whether made by Motorola or another party, or any improvements that result from Motorola's processes or, provision of information services). No rights are granted to Licensee under this Agreement by implication, estoppel or otherwise, except for those rights which are expressly granted to Licensee in this Agreement. All intellectual property developed, originated, or prepared by Motorola in connection with providing the Software, Designated Products, Documentation or related services, remains vested exclusively in Motorola, and Licensee will not have any shared development or other intellectual property rights.

Section 6 LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY

6.1. Unless otherwise stated in the Primary Agreement, the commencement date and the term of the Software warranty will be a period of ninety (90) days from Motorola's shipment of the Software (the 'Warranty Period"). If Licensee is not in breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement, Motorola warrants that the unmodified Software, when used properly and in accordance with the Documentation and this Agreement, will be free from a reproducible defect that eliminates the functionality or successful operation of a feature critical to the primary functionality or successful operation of the Software. Whether a defect occurs will be determined by Motorola solely with reference to the Documentation. Motorola does not warrant that Licensee's use of the Software or the Designated Products will be uninterrupted, error-free, completely free of Security Vulnerabilities, or that the Software or the Designated Products will meet Licensee's particular requirements. Motorola makes no representations or warranties with respect to any third party software included in the Software. Notwithstanding, any warranty provided by a copyright owner in its standard license terms will flow through to Licensee for third party software provided by Motorola.

6.2 Motorola's sole obligation to Licensee and Licensee's exclusive remedy under this warranty is to use reasonable efforts to remedy any material Software defect covered by this warranty. These efforts will involve either replacing the media or attempting to correct significant, demonstrable program or documentation errors or Security Vulnerabilities. If Motorola cannot correct the defect within a reasonable time, then at Motorola's option, Motorola will replace the defective Software with functionally-equivalent Software, license to Licensee substitute Software which will accomplish the same objective, or terminate the license and refund the Licensee's paid license fee.

6.3. Warranty claims are described in the Primary Agreement.

6.4. The express warranties set forth in this Section 6 are in lieu of, and Motorola disclaims, any and all other warranties (express or implied, oral or written) with respect to the Software or Documentation, including, without limitation, any and all implied warranties of condition, title, non-infringement, merchantability, or fitness for a particular purpose or use by Licensee (whether or not Motorola knows, has reason to know, has been advised, or is otherwise aware of any such purpose or use), whether arising by law, by reason of custom or usage of trade, or by course of dealing. In addition, Motorola disclaims any warranty to any person other than Licensee with respect to the Software or Documentation.

Section 7 TR.ANSIFERS

Com111unication System and Services Agreement v.10.18.18 126 Licensee will not transfer the Software or Documentation to any third party without Motorola's prior written consent. Motorola's consent may be withheld at its discretion and may be conditioned upon transferee paying all applicable license fees and agreeing to be bound by this Agreement. If the Designated Products are Motorola's radio products and Licensee transfers ownership of the Motorola radio products to a third party, Licensee may assign its right to use the Software (other than CPS and Motorola's FLASHport® software) which is embedded in or furnished for use with the radio products and the related Documentation; provided that Licensee transfers all copies of the Software and Documentation to the transferee, and Licensee and the transferee sign a transfer form to be provided by Motorola upon request, obligating the transferee to be bound by this Agreement.

Section 8 TERM AND TERMINATION

8.1 Licensee's right to use the Software and Documentation will begin when the Primary Agreement is signed by both parties and will continue for the life of the Designated Products with which or for which the Software and Documentation have been provided by Motorola, unless Licensee breaches this Agreement, in which case this Agreement and Licensee's right to use the Software and Documentation may be terminated immediately upon notice by Motorola.

8.2 Within thirty (30) days after termination of this Agreement, Licensee must certify in writing to Motorola that all copies of the Software have been removed or deleted from the Designated Products and that all copies of the Software and Documentation have been returned to Motorola or destroyed by Licensee and are no longer in use by Licensee.

8.3 Licensee acknowledges that Motorola made a considerable investment of resources in the development, marketing, and distribution of the Software and Documentation and that Licensee's breach of this Agreement will result in irreparable harm to Motorola for which monetary damages would be inadequate. If Licensee breaches this Agreement, Motorola may terminate this Agreement and be entitled to all available remedies at law or in equity (including immediate injunctive relief and repossession of all non-embedded Software and associated Documentation unless Licensee is a Federal agency of the United States Government).

Section 9 Commercial Computer Software

9.1 This Section 9 only applies to U.S. Government end users. The Software, Documentation and updates are commercial items as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. Part 2. 101, consisting of "commercial computer software" and "computer software documentation" as such terms are defined in 48 C.F.R. Part 252.227-7014(a)(1) and 48 C.F.R. Part 252.227-7014(a)(5), and used in 48 C.F.R. Part 12.212 and 48 C.F.R. Part 227.7202, as applicable. Consistent with 48 C.F.R. Part 12.212, 48 C.F.R. Part 252.227- 7015, 48 C.F.R. Part 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4, 48 C.F.R. Part 52.227-19, and other relevant sections of the Code of Federal Regulations, as applicable, the Software, Documentation and Updates are distributed and licensed to U.S. Government end users: (i) only as commercial items, and (ii) with only those rights as are granted to all other end users pursuant to the terms and conditions contained herein.

9.2 If Licensee is licensing Software for end use by the United States Government or a United States Government agency, Licensee may transfer such Software license, but only if: (i) Licensee transfers all copies of such Software and Documentation to such United States Government entity or interim transferee, and (ii) Licensee has first obtained from the transferee (if applicable) and ultimate end user an enforceable end user license agreement containing restrictions substantially identical to the ones contained in this Agreement. Except as stated in the foregoing, Licensee and any transferee(s) authorized by this subsection 9.2 may not otherwise use or transfer or make available any Motorola software to any third party nor permit any party to do so.

Section 10 CONFIDENTIALITY

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10. 10.1 e 127 Licensee acknowledges that the Software and Documentation contain Motorola's valuable proprietary and Confidential Information and are Motorola's trade secrets, and that the provisions in the Primary Agreement concerning Confidential Information apply.

Section 11 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

The Limitation of Liability provision is described in the Primary Agreement.

Section 12 NOTICES

Notices are described in the Primary Agreement.

Section 13 GENERAL

13.1. COPYRIGHT NOTICES. The existence of a copyright notice on the Software will not be construed as an admission or presumption of publication of the Software or public disclosure of any trade secrets associated with the Software.

13.2. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Licensee acknowledges that the Software is subject to the laws and regulations of the United States and Licensee will comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including export laws and regulations of the United States. Licensee will not, without the prior authorization of Motorola and the appropriate governmental authority of the United States, in any form export or re-export, sell or resell, ship or reship, or divert, through direct or indirect means, any item or technical data or direct or indirect products sold or otherwise furnished to any person within any territory for which the United States Government or any of its agencies at the time of the action, requires an export license or other governmental approval. Violation of this provision is a material breach of this Agreement.

13.3 FUTURE REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. The Parties acknowledge and agree that this is an evolving technological area and therefore, laws and regulations regarding Services and use of Solution may change. Changes to existing Services or the Solution required to achieve regulatory compliance may be available for an additional fee. Any required changes may also impact the price for Services.

13.4. ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBCONTRACTING. Motorola may assign its rights or subcontract its obligations under this Agreement, or encumber or sell its rights in any Software, without prior notice to or consent of Licensee.

13.5. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the United States to the extent that they apply and otherwise by the internal substantive laws of the State to which the Software is shipped if Licensee is a sovereign government entity, or the internal substantive laws of the State of Illinois if Licensee is not a sovereign government entity. The terms of the U.N. Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods do not apply. In the event that the Uniform Computer Information Transaction Act, any version of this Act, or a substantially similar law (collectively "UCITA") becomes applicable to a party's performance under this Agreement, UCIT A does not govern any aspect of this Agreement or any license granted under this Agreement, or any of the parties' rights or obligations under this Agreement. The governing law will be that in effect prior to the applicability ofUCITA.

13.6. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement is entered into solely for the benefit of Motorola and Licensee. No third party has the right to mal~e any claim or assert any right under this Agreement, and no third party is deemed a beneficiary of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10.18.18 128 any licensor or supplier of third party software included in the Software will be a direct and intended third party beneficiary of this Agreement.

13.7. SURVIVAL. Sections 4, 5, 6.4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 13 survive the termination ofthisAgreement.

13.8. ORDER OF PRECEDENCE. In the event of inconsistencies between this Exhibit and the Primary Agreement, the parties agree that this Exhibit prevails, only with respect to the specific subject matter of this Exhibit, and not the Primary Agreement or any other exhibit as it applies to any other subject matter.

13.9. SECURITY. Motorola uses reasonable means in the design and writing of its own Software and the acquisition of third party Software to limit Security Vulnerabilities. While no software can be guaranteed to be free from Security Vulnerabilities, if a Security Vulnerability is discovered, Motorola will take the steps set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement.

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10.18.18 129 Exhibit B PAYMENT Except for a payment that is due on the Effective Date, Customer will make payments to Motorola within thirty (30) days after the date of each invoice. Customer will make payments when due in the form of a check, cashier's check, or wire transfer drawn on a U.S. financial institution. If Customer has purchased additional Professional or Subscription services, payment will be in accordance with the applicable addenda. Payment for the System purchase will be in accordance with the following milestones.

System Purchase (excluding Subscribers, if applicable)

1. 25% of the Contract Price due upon contract execution (due upon effective date);

2. 60% of the Contract Price due upon shipment of equipment from Staging;

3. 10% of the Contract Price due upon installation of equipment; and

4. 5% of the Contract Price due upon Final Acceptance.

If Subscribers are purchased, 100% of the Subscriber Contract Price will be invoiced upon shipment (as shipped).

Motorola shall make partial shipments of equipment and will request payment upon shipment of such equipment. In addition, Motorola shall invoice for installations completed on a site-by~site basis or when professional services are completed, when applicable. The value of the equipment shipped/services performed will be determined by the value shipped/services performed as a percentage of the total milestone value. Unless otherwise specified, contract discounts are based upon all items proposed and overall system package. For invoicing purposes only, discounts wlll be applied proportionately to the FNE and Subscriber equipment values to total contract price. Overdue invoices will bear simple interest at the maximum allowable rate by state law.

f'or Lifecycle Support Plan and Subscription Based Services: Motorola will invoice Customer annually in advance of each year of the plan. The chart below outlines the hourly labor rates for Motorola System Integration resources to be used. The staffing requirements shall be multiplied by the appropriate rate per resource in the table below. The hourly labor rates are fully burdened. The hourly rates per resource type and level are listed in Table 1.

Re;,m.m,e Types- i>rn,!ec:t svs;tem System PuoJectt Levels Managemenit Engtnef.!dng --w, Technologist Admlnislt,atl.o.n 4 $ 29!0.00 $ 300.00 $ 280.00 $ 200.00 5 s 240.00 s 2.50.00 $ 240.00 $ 130.00 1 $ 220.00 s no.oo 220.00 $ 170.. 00 1. $ 190.00 s 210.00 1 210.00 $ 160.00 These rates apply to ordinary days and times (Monday to Friday during the hours 8am to 5pm). Additional surcharges may apply to work done outside these timeframes. The minimum charge for any resource will be 4 hours. Travel expenses are not included in these rates and may be charged separately. The qualifications of each type and level of resource are defined in the tables found at l)Jtps://www.1T1otorolasolqtions.corn/content/dam/msi/secure/smvieos/labor.. rates .. exhibit.. 1.60408.pdt. All Motorola System Integration personnel assigned to this project will be classified according these levels. Project Administrative roles are varied and their specific duties and qualifications will be determined by the complexity and requirements of each project.

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10. 18.18 130 EXHIBIT D

System Acceptance Certificate

Customer Name

Project Name------

This System Acceptance Certificate memorializes the occurrence of System Acceptance. Motorola and Customer acknowledge that:

1. The Acceptance Tests set forth in the Acceptance Test Plan have been successfully completed.

2. The System is accepted.

Customer Representative: Motorola Representative:

Signature:. Signature:------Print Name: Print Name:------Title: ______Title: ______Date: ______Date:------FINAL PROJECT ACCEPTANCE: Motorola has provided and Customer has received all deliverables, and Motorola has performed all other work required for Final Project Acceptance.

Customer ReQresentative: Motorola Representative:

Signature:------ Signature: ______Print Name: Print Name: ______Title: ______Title: ______Date: Date: ·----·---

Communication System and Services Agreement v.10.18.18 131 MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT AND SUA ADDENDUM

This Addendum to the Communications System and Services Agreement or other previously executed Agreement currently in force, as applicable ("Primary Agreement") provides additional or different terms and conditions to govern the sale of Maintenance, Support and SUA II services. The terms in this Addendum are integral to and incorporated into the Primary Agreement signed by the Parties.

1. DEFINITIONS

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as defined in the Primary Agreement

"Services" means those installation, maintenance, support, SUA, training, and other services described in this Addendum.

"SUA" or "SUA II" means Motorola's Software Upgrade Agreement program.

2. SCOPE

Motorola will provide Maintenance and Support Services and/or SUA Services as further described in the applicable Statement(s) of Work, or attachment to Motorola's proposal for additional services.

3. Term and Contract Price

The term of this Addendum is year(s), commencing on , 201 . The and Contract Price for the__ years of services is $ , excluding applicable sales or use taxes but including discounts as more fully set forth in the pricing pages. 3.1 INFLATION ADJUSTMENT. After the end of the year of the Service period in this Addendum, if the change in the U.S. Department of Labor, Consumer Price Index, all Items, Unadjusted Urban Areas (CPI-U) annual index for each year exceeds five percent (5%), the price for the coming year's services will increase by an incremental dollar amount per the following formula: Current year's maintenance price * (actual change in the CPI - 5 percentage points). The successive year's service will increase from this new baseline by the dollar amount as described in the Pricing Exhibit. This adjustment will be calculated 60 days prior to the 12th/24th/36th, etc. anniversary of the end of the last service period in this Addendum. It will be calculated based upon the CPI for the most recent twelve month increments beginning from the most current month available as posted by the U.S. Department of Labor. The price adjustment would fix the price for the following 12 months.

4. TERMS AND CONDITIONS

The terms of the Primary Agreement combined with the terms of this Addendum will govern the products and services offered pursuant to this Addendum. To the extent there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Primary Agreement and the terms and conditions of this Addendum, this Addendum takes precedence.

Maintenance, Support and SUAAddendum to CSSAv.11"7"2018 132 4.1.1 PURCHASE ORDER ACCEPTANCE. Purchase orders for additional, continued, or expanded maintenance and software support, during the Warranty Period or after the Warranty Period, become binding only when accepted in writing by Motorola.

4.1.2 START DATE. The "Start Date" for Maintenance and Support Services will be indicated in the proposal or a cover page entitled "Service Agreement".

4.1.3 AUTO RENEWAL. Unless the cover page or SOW specifically states a termination date or one Party notifies the other in writing of its intention to discontinue the Services, this Agreement will renew for an additional one (1} year term on every anniversary of the Start Date. At the anniversary date, Motorola may adjust the price of the Services to reflect the renewal rate.

4.1.4 EQUIPMENT DEFINITION. For maintenance and support services, Equipment will be defined to mean the hardware specified in the applicable SOW or attachments to the maintenance and support proposal.

4.1.5 ADDITIONAL HARDWARE. If Customer purchases additional hardware from Motorola that becomes part of the System, the additional hardware may be added to this Addendum and will be billed at the applicable rates after the warranty period for that additional equipment expires. Such hardware will be included in the definition of Equipment.

4.1.6 MAINTENANCE. Equipment will be maintained at levels set forth in the manufacturer's product manuals and routine procedures that are prescribed by Motorola will be followed. Motorola parts or parts of equal quality will be used for Equipment maintenance.

4.1. 7 EQUIPMENT CONDITION. All Equipment must be in good working order on the Start Date or when additional equipment is added to the Addendum. Upon reasonable request by Motorola, Customer will provide a complete serial and model number list of the Equipment. Customer must promptly notify Motorola in writing when any Equipment is lost, damaged, stolen or taken out of service. Customer's obligation to pay maintenance and support fees for this Equipment will terminate at the end of the month in which Motorola receives the written notice. If Equipment cannot, in Motorola's reasonable opinion, be properly or economically maintained for any reason, Motorola may modify the scope of Services related to that Equipment; remove that Equipment from the Agreement; or increase the price to maintain that Equipment.

4.1.8 EQUIPMENT FAILURE. Customer must promptly notify Motorola of any Equipment failure. Motorola will respond to Customer's notification in a manner consistent with the level of Service purchased as indicated in this Addendum and applicable SOW.

4.1.9 INTRINSICALLY SAFE. Customer must specifically identify any Equipment that is labeled intrinsically safe for use in hazardous environments.

4.1.10 EXCLUDED SERVICES.

a) Service excludes the repair or replacement of Equipment that has become defective or damaged from use in other than the normal, customary, intended, and authorized manner; use not in compliance with applicable industry standards; excessive wear and tear; or accident, liquids, power surges, neglect, acts of God or other force majeure events.

Maintenance, Support and SUA Addendum to CSSAv.11-7-20113 133 b) Unless specifically included in this Addendum, Service excludes items that are consumed in the normal operation of the Equipment, such as batteries or magnetic tapes.; upgrading or reprogramming Equipment; accessories, belt clips, battery chargers, custom or special products, modified units, or software; and repair or maintenance of any transmission line, antenna, microwave equipment, tower or tower lighting, duplexer, combiner, or multicoupler. Motorola has no obligations for any transmission medium, such as telephone lines, computer networks, the internet or the worldwide web, or for Equipment malfunction caused by the transmission medium.

4.1.11 TIME AND PLACE. Service will be provided at the location specified in this Addendum and/or the SOW. When Motorola performs maintenance, support, or installation at Customer's location, Customer will provide Motorola, at no charge, a non-hazardous work environment with adequate shelter, heat, light, and power and with full and free access to the Equipment. Waivers of liability from Motorola or its subcontractors will not be imposed as a site access requirement. Customer will provide all information pertaining to the hardware and software elements of any system with which the Equipment is interfacing so that Motorola may perform its Services. Unless otherwise stated in this Addendum or applicable SOW, the hours of Service will be 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., local time, excluding weekends and holidays. Unless otherwise stated in this Addendum or applicable SOW, the price for the Services exclude any charges or expenses associated with helicopter or other unusual access requirements; if these charges or expenses are reasonably incurred by Motorola in rendering the Services, Customer agrees to reimburse Motorola for those charges and expenses.

4.1.12 CUSTOMER CONTACT. Customer will provide Motorola with designated points of contact (list of names and phone numbers) that will be available twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, and an escalation procedure to enable Customer's personnel to maintain contact, as needed, with Motorola.

4.2 ~LIA SERVICES

4.2.1 The Software License Agreement included as Exhibit A to the Primary Agreement applies to any Motorola Software provided as part of the SUA transactions.

4.2.2 The System upgrade will be scheduled during the subscription period and will be performed when Motorola's system upgrade operation resources are available. Because there might be a significant time frame between when this Addendum is executed and when a System upgrade transaction is performed, Motorola may substitute any of the promised Equipment or Software so long as the substitute is equivalent or superior to the initially promised Equipment or Software.

4.2.3 Acceptance of a SUA transaction occurs when the Equipment (if any) and Software are delivered and the SUA services are fully performed; there is no Acceptance Testing with a SUA transaction.

4.2.4 The Warranty Period for any Equipment or Motorola Software provided under a SUA transaction will commence upon shipment and not on System Acceptance or Beneficial

Maintenance, Support and SUA Addendum to CSSAv.11-7-2018 134 Use, and is for a period of ninety (90) days rather than one (1) year. The ninety (90) day warranty for SUA services is set forth in the SUA Statement of Work.

4.2.5 In addition to the description of the SUA services and exclusions provided in the SUA Statement of Work, the following apply:

a) Upon reasonable request by Motorola, Customer will provide a complete serial and model number list of the Equipment.

b) SUA services exclude the repair or replacement of Equipment.

c) Unless specifically included in this Addendum or the SUA Statement of Work, SUA services exclude items that are consumed in the normal operation of the Equipment; accessories; and repair or maintenance of any transmission line, antenna, microwave equipment, tower or tower lighting, duplexer, combiner, or multicoupler. Motorola has no obligations for any transmission medium, such as telephone lines, computer networks, the internet or the worldwide web, or for Equipment malfunction caused by the transmission medium.

d) Customer will provide Motorola with designated points of contact (list of names and phone numbers) that will be available during the performance of the SUA services.

5. PAYMENT Unless alternative payment terms are stated in this Addendum or its pricing pages, , Motorola will invoice Customer in advance for each payment period. All other charges will be billed monthly, and Customer must pay each invoice in U.S. dollars within thirty (30) days of the invoice date. Customer will reimburse Motorola for all property taxes, sales and use taxes, excise taxes, and other taxes or assessments that are levied as a result of Services rendered under this Agreement ( except income, profit, and franchise taxes of Motorola) by any governmental entity. Because the SUA is a subscription service as more fully described in the applicable SUA Statement of Work, payment from Customer is due in advance and will not be in accordance with any Payment Milestone Schedule.

6. TERMINATION

6.1 Customer's written notice of intent to terminate must be provided thirty (30) days or more prior to the effective date of termination. If Customer terminates the Services before the end of the~_year term, for any reason other than Motorola's default, then the Customer will pay to Motorola for all conforming Services performed and a termination fee equal to the discount applied to the. last three years of service Qayments related to the year commitment.

Notwithstanding, the SUA annualized price is based on the fulfillment of the two year cycle of the SUA. If Customer terminates this Service during a two year cycle, for any reason except for

Maintenance, Support and SUA Addendum to CSSAv.11-7-2018 135 Motorola's default, then, in addition to any termination fee, Customer will be required to pay for the balance of payments owed for the two year cycle if a major system release has been implemented before the point of termination. 6.2 If Motorola provides maintenance Services after the termination or expiration of this Addendum, the terms and conditions in effect at the time of the termination or expiration will apply to those Services and Customer agrees to pay for those Services on a time and materials basis at Motorola's then effective hourly rates.

7. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Addendum, any related attachments, and the Primary Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties regarding the subject matter of this Addendum and supersedes all previous agreements, proposals, and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to this subject matter. This Addendum may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by authorized representatives of both Parties. The preprinted terms and conditions found on any Customer purchase or purchase order, acknowledgment or other form will not be considered an amendment or modification of this Addendum, even if a representative of each Party signs that document.

END

Maintenance, Support and SL/A Addendum to CSSAv.11-7-2018 136 GSD/PD (Rev. J/l 7/14) State of New Mexico Genera! Servkes Department

Statewide Prke Agreement -----~~---~-- Aw::irdcd Contractor 0000013468 Price Agreement Number: 70-000-16-00014AJ Motorola Solutions, foe. 7237 Church Ranch Road, Blvd Suite 406 Payment Te1rns: Net 30 VVestminister, CO 30021

Attn: Adrena Carruthers-Adams al 858-368-3270 Or ManflY_Barreras at 505-850-8194 Deliveiy: See Contract

Ship To: All State of New Mexico agencies, commissions, Procurement Specialist: Debra Saiz institutions, political subdivisions and locai public bodies allowed by faw. Telephone No.: 505~827-0521

Invoice: As Requested

Title; Communications, Radio Equipment, Parts, Accessories and Related Services

Term: November 04, 2016 to November 04, 2017

This Price Agreement is made subject fo the "terms and conditions" shown on the attached pages as indicated Rn this Price Agreement.

Accepted for the Sfa~e of New Mexico

Date; l 1/04/2016

Purc!wsing Division: l l DO St. Francis Drive, Santa Fe, NM 87505; PO Box 6850, Santa Fe, NM 8'1502. (505) 82'/··04'12

137 Terms Hnd Conditions (Unless o!hcrwhe specified)

L General: When the State Purchasing Agent or his/her dcsignee issue.s tl purchase document in response to the bid, a binding contract is created,

2. Vada Hon in Quantity: No variation in the quantity of any item called for by this order will be accepted unless such variation has been c<1used by conditions of loading, shipping,. packing or allowani.;ei; in rnanu focturing process and tlrnn only to the extent, if any, specified in this order.

3. Assignment: a. Neither the order, nor any interest therein, nor any claim thereunder, shall be assigned or transferred by the Contractor, except as set forth in Subparagrnph 3 b or as expressly authorized in writi11 g by the State Purchasing AgcJJt or his/her desigtJec. No such assignment or trans.for shall relieve the Conirnc.tor from

b. Contractor agrees that any and all claims fbr overcharge resulting from antitrust violations \Vhich are borne by the State as to goods, services, and materials purchased in connection with this bid are hereby assigned to the Slate.

4. State Furnished Property: State furnished property shall be returned to the State upon request in the same condition as received except for ordinary wear, tear and modifications ordered hereunder.

5. Discounts: Prompt payment discounts will not be considered in Gomputing the low bid. Discounts for payment within twenty (20) days will be considered after the award of the contract. Discounted time will be computed from the date of receipt of the merchandise invoice, whichever is later.

6. Inspection: Final inspection and ;;cceptancc will be made a1 the destinatbxi. S1.1ppJics rejected at the des1.ination fol' noueonformance with specifiCBtions shall be removed at the Contractor's risk and expense, promptly after notice of rejection.

7. Inspcctl.on of Plant.: The State Purchasing Agent or his/her dcsignec may inspect, at any reasonable lime, the part of tbo Contractor's, or ,my subco11tractor1s plant or place of business, which is related to the performance of this contract

8. Commercial Wa1Tani11: The Contractor agrees that the supplies or services furnished under this order shall be covered by the most favorable commercial warranties the Contr.actor gives for such to any customer for such supplies or services. The rights and remedies provided herein shall extend to the State and are in addition to and do not limit any rights afforded to the State by any other clause of this order. Contrnctor agrees uot t.o disclaim warranties of fitn.ess for a pa!'ticuia1· purpose ofmerdmntability.

9. Taxes: The unit price shall exclude all state taxes.

l 0. Packing, Sl1ipping and Invoicing: a. The Siatds purchasing docmnent mnnber and the Contractor's name, user's name and location slrnlJ be shown on each packing and delivery ticket, package, bill of lading and other correspondence in connection with the sl1ipments. The user's count will be accepted by the Contractor f.!S final and conclusive on all shipments not accompanied by a packing tiGket.

b. The Contractor1s invoice shall be submitted duly certified rmd shall contain the following information: order number, description of supplies or services, quantities, unit price and extended totals. Separate invoices shall be rendered for eaL:h and every complete shipment e. Invoices must be submitted to the using agency 11nd NOT the State Purchasing Agent.

l J. Hafault: The State reserves the right to cancel ntl or any pa1t. of this order without cost to the State, if the Contractor fails to mee1 the provisions oflhis order and, except as otherwise provided herein, to hold the Contractor liable fo1· m1y excess cost occasioned by the Slate due to !he Contractor's default. The Contractor sh~ll noi be liable for any excess costs if faihH'e to perform the order ai·ises out of causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, such c~uses include but are !lot restricted lo, acts of God or the public eue111y, acts of the Slate or Federal Govcmrncni-, f/oor/.i;, epidemic.~, qrirn·tmline restrictions, mrikes, frdg!il embargoes, wmsually severe vmather and defmdh; of :mbcon1rnctnrs dne to any of the above, unless the Suite, slrnll detern1 ine 1lrnt 1he ,;11pplies or services to be 138 State of New Mexico General Services Department Pmchasing Division Statewide Price Agreement 70-000-16-00014: Page,-2 fornished by the subcontractor were obtainable from other sources in sufficient time to permit the Contractor to meet the required delivery scheduled. The rights of the State provided in this paragraph shall not be exclusive and are in addition to any other rights now being provided by law or under this order. 12. Non-Collusion: In signing this bid the Contractor ccliifies he/she has not, either directly or indirectly, entered into action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with this offer submitted to the State Purchasing Agent or his/her dcsiguee. 13. Nondiscrimination: Contractor doing business with the State of New Mexico must be in compliance with the Federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 and Title VII of the Act (Rev, 1979) nnd the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-336).

14. The Procurement Code: Sections 13-J-28 through J 3-1-199 NMSA l 978, imposes eivil and criminal penalties for its violation. In addition the New Mexico criminal statutes impose felony penalties for bribes, gratuities and kickbacks.

15. Hems: All bid items are to be NEW and of most current production, unless otherwise specified.

16. Paymeut for 13 urdrnscs: Except as otherwise agreed to: late payment charges may be assessed against the user state agency in the amount and under the conditions set fo1th in Section 13-1-15 8 NMSA 1978. 17. \Vorkers 1 Compensation: The Contractor agrees to comply with state laws and rules pertaining to Workers' Compensation benefits for its employees. If the Contractor fails to comply with Workers' Compensation Act and applicable mies when required to do so, th is Agreement may he terminated by the contracting agency. I 8. Submission of Bid: Bids must be subrnitte

19. Confraetor Personnel: Personnel proposed in the Contractor's written bid to the Procuring Agency arc considered material to any work performed under this Price Agreement. Once a Purchase Order or contract has been executed, no chnnges of personnel will be made by the Contractor without prior written consent of the Procming Agency. R.eplaccmcnt of any Contractor personnel, if approved, shall be with personnel of equal abjlity, experience, and qualifications. The Contr<1ctor will be responsible for any expenses incurred in familiarizing the replacement personnel to insure their being productive to the project immediately upon receiving assignments. Approval ofrep]acement personnel shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Procuring Agency slrnll retain the right to request the removal of any of the Contractor's pcrsonnc.l at any time.

20. Su bcon(rnding: The Contractor shall not subcontract any portion of the Price Agreement without !he prior written approval of the Procuring Agency. No such subcontracting shall relieve the Contractor from its obligations and liabilities under this JJrice Agreement, nor shall any subcontracting obligate payment from the Agency.

21. Records ~ml Audit: The Contractor slrnll maintain detailed time and expenditure records that hidicate the date, time, nature, and cos! of services rendered during this Price Agreement's term and effect, and retain them for a period of three (3) ycc1rs from the date of final payment under this Price Agreement. The records shall be subject to inspection by the Agency, State Purchasing Division, Department of Finance and Administration, and for lnfonnation Technology eon tracts, State Chief Information Officer. The Agency shall have the right to audit billings, both before and nfter payment. Pfiyment for services under this Price Agreement shall not foreclose the right of the Agency to recover excessive or illegal payments.

22. Suhcontrads: The foregoing requirements for Contractor Personnel, Subconfrncfing, and Audit shall be inserted into all subcontracts from the prime. contractor to the subcontractor.

139 State of Ne,v Mexico General Services Department Purchasing Division Statewide Price Agreement 70-000-l 6-00014: Pngc-3

Determination of Lowest Bidde1· - Following determination of product acceptability, if any is required, bids will be evaluated to determine which Bidder offers the lowest cost to the State in accordance with the specifications and terms & conditions set forlh in the Invitation to Bid. The State Purchasing Agent reserves the right to award this Invitation to Bid in total; by groups of items; on the basis of individual items; any combination of these which could result in 11 multiple award; or as otherwise specified in bid specifications; whichever, in his/her judgment, best serves the interest of the State of New Mexico.

The New Mexico State Purchasing Agent or his/her dcsignee reserves the right to nccept and/or reject any and all bids, to waive technical irregularities, and to award to the Bidder whose bid is deemed to be in tile best interest of the State of New Mexico.

Spcdal Noiice -To µreclude any possible errors and/or misinterpretations, bid prices must be affixed legibly in ink or lypewritten. Corrections or changes must be signed or initialed by Bidder prior to the scheduled bid opening; failure lo do so will be just cause for rejection of bid.

New Mexico Employees Health Coverage

A. l f Contractor has, or grows to, six (6) or more employees who work, or who are expected to work, rm average of at kasl 20 hours per week ove.r a six (6) month per.iod during the; term of the contract, Contractor certifies, by signing tlns 11greement, to have in place, and agrees to maintain for the term of the contracl, health insunmcc for its New Mexico Employees and offer 1.lrnt health insurance to its New Mexico Employees if the expected annual value in the aggregate of any uncl all contracts bet'.Wen Contractor und the State C?~ceeds $250,000 dollars.

B. Contractor agrees to maintain a record of the number of its New Mexico Employees who ll,we (a) accepted hec1/th insurance; (b) dcclinccl health insw'ance due to other health insurance coverage already in place; or (c) declined health insurance for other reasons. These records a.re subj eel to review and audit by a representative oftl1e state.

C. Contractor agrees to advise al! of its New Mexico Employees of the availability of State publicly financed health care coverage programs by providing each of its New Mexico Employees with, us a minimum, the following web site link to additional information: httpd/wwll'.bcwclinm.com/.

D. For pu11Joses of this Paragraph, thc. following terms have the following meanings:

(l) "New Mexico Employee" means any resident of the Stnte. of New Mexico employed by Coniraclor who performs the majority of the employee's work for Contractor within the StHte of New Mexico, regardless of{he location of Contractor's office or offices; and

(2) "offer" means to make available, without unreasonable restriction, enrollment in one or more health coverage plans and !o actively seek and encourage pmticipation in order to achieve the goals of Executive Order 2007-049. This could include State publicly financed public health covcrnge programs imch as Insure New Mexico!

140 State ofNew Mexico General Services Department Purchasing Division Statewide Price Agreement 70~000-·16-00014: Page-4 New Mexico Pay Eqttity Initiative

Contractor agrees, if it has ten ( l 0) or more New Mexico employees OR eight (8) or more employees in the same job classification, at any time during the term of this contrnct, to complete and submit the PEl0-249 fonn on the annual anniversary ofthc initial report submi1tal for contracts up to one (1) year in duration. If contructor bas (250) or more employees, contrnctor mus! complete and submit the PE250 form on the annual anniversary oftlte initial report submittal for con(racts that are up to one (1) year in duration. For contracts that extend beyond one (1) calendar year, or are extended beyond one ( J) calendar year, contractor also agrees to complete and submit the PEI 0-249 or PE250 form, whichever is applicable, within thirty (30) days of the annual contract anniversary date of the ini(ial submittal date or, if more than J 80 days bas elapsed since submittal of the last repo1t, at the completion of the contract, whichever comes first. Should contractor not meet the size requirement for reporting at contract award but subsequently grows such that they meet or exceed the size reguirerneni for reporting, contractor agrees t.o provide the required repo1i within ninety (90) days of meeting or exceeding the size requirement. That submittal date slrnll serve as the basis for submiHals required thereafter.

Contrnctor also agrees to levy this requiremenl on any subconlractor(s) performing more than I 0% of the dollar value of this contract if said subcontractor(s) meets, or grows to meet, the s('ated employee size llu"esholds during !he term of the contract. Contractor further agrees that, should one or more subcontractor not meei the size requirement for reporting at contract oward bu! subsequently grows such that they meet or exceed the size requirement for reporting, contractor will submit the required report, for each such subcontractor, within ninety (90) days of that subcontractor meeting or exc0t•.ding the size requiremenL Subsequent report submittals, on behalf of each such subcontractor, shall be due on the annual anniversal'y of tlie initial repmt submittal. Contractor shall submii the required form(s) to the State Purchasing Division of the General Services Deparl.ment, and other departments as may be determined, oil behalf of the applicable .ubcontractor(s) in accord1mce with !he schedule contained in this paragraph. Contractor acknowledges that this subcontractor requirement applies even though contractor itself may not meet the size requirement for rcpo1ting and be required to repo1t it self.

Two (2) copies of the Pay Equity Worksheet shaJJ be submitted prior lo Award by the prospective Awarded Contractor.

The PEl 0-249 and PE250 worksheet is available at the following website: http://www. ~\enera\scrv ices.stai e .;1m. ushh1\epurchasinn!Pny ,..fujuitv.nspx

STATEWIDE PRICE AGREEMENT TERMS AND CONDITION§

Article I - Statement ofVi'odc Under the terms and eondiiions ofthis Price Agreement all State ofNew Mexico agencies, commissions, institutions, political subdivisions and local bodies allowed by law may is~ue orders for items and/or services describ"d herein. The terms and conditions of this Price Agreement shall form a part of each order issued hereunder.

The items and/or services to be ordered shall be as listed under A1ticlc IX - Price Schedule. All orders issued hereunder' wi.ll bear both an ol'der number nnd this Prkc. Agreement number. It is understood that no guarantee or wa1Tanty is made or implied by the New Mexico Slate Purchasing Agent, his/her designee or the user that any order for any definite quantity will be issued under this Price Agreement. The Contractor is required to accept the order and furnish the items and/or services in accordance with the mticles contained hereunder for the quantity of each order.

Artide JJi ·-· Tenn The term of this Price Agreement, for issuance of orders, shall be as indicated in tlic specifications.

xticlc HJ -- Spedfic~dons Jtems and/or services fomished !iorcunder shall conkmn lo the rcquii·crnen{s of specificaJions find/or drawings applicable to items listed under Article IX. Price Schedule. Orders issm~d a gains!' this schedule will show the applicable Price Agreement i{(;)ln(s), numbcr(s), and price(s); however they may not describe 1hc item(s) fully. 141 State of New Mexico General Services Deparlment Purchasing Division Statewide Price Agreement 70-000-16-00014: Pagc-5 Article IV-~ S1J.ippi11g and Billing Instrnctions Contractor shall ship in accordance with ihe following instructions: Shipment shall be made only against specific orders which the user may place v,ith the Contn-.ctor during the term; The Contractor shall enclose a packing list with each shipment listing the order number, price agreement number and the commercial paits number (if Hny) for each item; Delivery shall be made as indicated on page 1. If contractor is unable to meet stated delivery the State Purchasing Agent or his/her designee mus! be notified.

Article V -Terrnhwtion The Agency may terminate tl1is Agreement for convenience or cause. T!w Contractor may only tenninate this Agrcemeni based upon the Agency's uncured, muteria! breacl1 of this Agreement. Contractor shalJ give Agency written noticr; of termination at least thirty (30) days prior 1o the intended date oftc1111ination, which notice shall (i) identify all the Agency's material breaches oftbis Agreement upon which the termination is based and (ii) state what the Agency mus( do to cure such material breaches. Contractor's notice of termination shall only be effective (i) if the Agency does not cure all material breaches within the thiity (3 0) day notice period or (ii) in the case of material breaches that cannot be cured within thirty (30) clays, the Agency docs not, within the thirty (30) day notice period, notify the Contractor of its intent to cure and begin with due diligence to cme the material breach. Termination of this Contract, however, shall not affcc! any outshmding orders. This provision is not exclusive and shall not waive other rights and remedies afforded either paiiy in the event of breach of contract or default. In such instances the contract may be cancelled effective immediately.

Article VI--Amendment This Price Agreement may be amended by mutual agreement of the New Mexico State Purchasing Agent or his/her designce and the Contractor upon writien notice by either parly to the other. An amendment to this Price Agreement shall not affect any outstanding orders issued prior to the effective date of the amendment as muhially agreed upon, and as published by the New Mexico State Purchasing Agent or his/her designce. l\.rnendmcnts affecting price adjustments and/or the extension of a price rigrccmcnt expiration date are not al lowed unless specifically provided in the bid and price agreement specifica!ions.

Ai'ticle VII·- Issuance or Orders Only written signed orders Are valid under this Price Agreement.

Article VIII - Pac:king (if applicable) Packing shall be in conformance with slandard commercial practices.

Article IX - Price Schedule Prices as listed in the price schedule hereto attached ilre firm.

SlJPPLEJl'fENTAL TERMS A.NJ} COJ\'DITIONS

General This is a Statewide Price Agreement; therefore, there is no gwu·an(ee of the minimum qnantities of items or services to be purchased.

Offerors submitting bids must be authorized employees of the company they represent who can fulfill all terms and conditions ofthc resulting Statewide Price Agreement.

Multiple Awards Pursuant to the Procurement Code, Sections I 3.. 1-153 and J 3.. J,. l 54 the State reserves the right to issue multiple awards to obtain Hie items listed. MuHipk awards an) recommended to insure availability and timely delivery.

Conlrnct Tc-rm The \enn of this ngrcemc11i shall be for one (l) year from date of award wilh the option lo extend for n period (s) of three

142 State of New Mexico General Services Department Purchasing Division . Statewide Price Agreement 70-000-16-00014: Page-6 (3) additional yearsj on a year-to-year basis; by mutual agreement of all parties and approval of the New Mexico State Purchasing Agent at the same pl'ice, terms and conditions. This agreement shall not exceed four (4) years.

Pl'ice agreement renewals are on a year-by-year basis and subject to approval of State Purchasing, and the Contractor. Pricing in the agreement is based on a fixed percentage off the published list price. Th~·s,~ 1wrn:ntH}~t's ar'-" foit•d 1h11 ing th~· li1sl two yi:nrs ofthe a!;!l'l'1.:'mc11L /\m1.:·111kd pi::rtl'lltagt':-; nff !is! ma.\' h,· IH:gnliuwd alkr 1h1: :-t·~1ll!d y\·m al tlw di:-n:1\1lio11 or Stat~i 1'11rdmsing.

Contract Pe1·formauce Monitoring Monitoring the peiformance of the contractor is a key function of proper contract administration to ensure that the contractor is performing all duties in accordance with the awarded contract and for the procuring agency to be aware of and address any developing problems or concerns. Pursuant to the Procurement Code, Sections 13- 1-161 and 13-1- 182 the State reserves the right to evaluate and monitor the perfonnance of this Price Agreement. Reporting Requirements Contractor agrees to submit reports or other documentation in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the 1TB and Statewide Price Agreement. If the Contractor fails to submit reprn1s to NM State Purchasing Division in a timely 11nd satisfactory manner, any such reports, documentation, or otherwise fails to satisfactorily render performanee hereunder, such failure may be considered cause for termination of this Statewide Price Agreement.

Equipment Warranty All items proposed by the offernr should be wananted for defects in materials and workmanship fur a minimum of one (I) calendar year, or the manufacture's standa!'d U.S. warranty period, from the date of delivery to the pul'chaser. If the offeror :s the manufacturer of any item proposed or sells that item under its own brand label, the warranty offered to the State of i'lew Mexico under this procm·ement should be as favomble as any warranties provided to other governmental or retail customers. The offeror should provide the authorized purchase!' with any manufacturer wa1rn11ty infon11ation or registration materials for items proposed supplied as a result of this procurement.

In the event defects become evident within the manufactures wal'l'anty period, the vendor shall ftimish replacement parts and matel'ials at no additional cost to the State.

Extended War1·anty If the radio equipment are su hject to nn extended warranty option it should be so noted and the price(s) of the extension(s) should be quoted in the Equipment and Services Schedule (ESS).

Out of Wm·a·anty Repair Service and Parts The offeror may agree to service and repair all equipment sold by the offeror to authorized purc!msers under tbe scope of this procurement for the term of any agreement resulting from this solicitation.

Sen

The offeror may include on their ESS a guaranteed maximum hourly rate for time and a price for parts for repair of their equipment that is beyond the standard warl'anty. All repaii· parts ure to be available to the Agency if they choose to do their own repairs nt the above repair pal'ts prices.

The offerors should also agree to perform upgrades and/or modifications approved by lhc equipment's manufacturer on ·end-in time and material basis, fixed fee basis or make the materials required for the modification/upgrade available to .flC Agency for sclf"inslalladon.

143 State of New Mexico General Services Department Purchasing Division Statewide Price Agreement 70-000M16M00014: Page-7 Warranty on Repairs

The offeror should warmnt nit repairs, upgrades or modifications for at least 90 days from the date of repair1 and should perform all repairs using matel'ials and techniques in accordance with mam1facturc's specifications. The offeror may decline to perform any repair, upgrade or modificatio11 not recommended or apprnvcd by the equipment's manufacturer; however, if the offeror agrees to pe1form such repairs, upgrades or modifications, the repair should be warranted for a period of at least 90 days from the date ofrepair.

Technical Sup1>ort All contractors should make available factory level technical suppo11 of all items they offer to the Agency. This support 11 may be by means of a telephone call to the factory or a factory representative at a "district level •

This requirement may also be met by a visit from an onshe technical representative from the manufacturer. The technical support should be available during regular working hours Monday through Friday.

Engfoeerlng Support All contractol's may provide pricing for engineering services including but not limited to system design, traffic rnuting, path analysis, microwave paU1 budgeting, feasibility studies, terrain analysisi site development, system documentation and system trouble shooting.

Discontinued Items During the term of this Price Agl'ee111ent, should the manufacturer discontinue any of the items on the ESS, the vendor shall attempt to furnish a replacement item that is equal to or better than the discontinued item. The discount of the replacement item shall be similar to the discontinued item. After evaluating the replacement item, the Agency reserves the right to cancel the portion of the Price Agreement and re-bid if it is deemed in the best interest of the State of New Mexico.

Training Costs The offeror may include on the ESS a list of all tl'aining classes, seminars, etc. that is available for the equipment offe!'ed lo 1he Agency in the prnposa!. The offeml' should list tile price of each class, etc., the location where each is iie1d, the duration of each and the maximum number of students per class. The offeror should also indicate which, if any, might be conducted at a location in New Mexico and approximate cost for a given number of students. Video presentations in DVD format are recognized as viable training programs and should be included in the offorors list if available. The video training progrnms must be of the same technical level as the live classroom instruction provide by the offeror.

Shipping Unless the purchaser specifical.ly request a different location with the State of New Mexico, all equipment purchased by the Department oflnformation Technology will be shipped to the address below.

144 State of New Mexico General Services Department Purchasing Division Statewide Price Agreement 70"000"16-00014: Page-8

Administrative Fee and Reporting l. The Contractor agrees to provide a utilization report on all sales/or services and other revenues (including commissions charged) and fees to the agreement administrator in accordance with th e fi0 11 OWlflJ· SC h e d u l e: ·-·-· Quarter: Period Ending: Report Due Date: ~---- First _., __ September 30 October 30 ._.,ee, ·----··-·····-·»- .. ·---- Second December 31 January 31 ---- Third March 31 April 30 --···--· Fourth June 30 July 31 ~ ...

2. The sales report shall include the gross total sales and other revenues including commissions charged for the period subtotaled by Procuring Agency or local public body name. Even if the Contractor experiences zero sales during the quarter, a report shall still be submilted.

3. The Contrnctor agrees to remit an administrative reporting foe payable by check to the State Purchasing Division for an amount equal to three-quaitcrs of a percent (0.75%) of the total sales and other revenues derived from the New Mexico state agencies and local public bodies. The Contractor shall indicate the contract number 70-UOO-J<,-00014## and include the remittance check with the quai1erly sales report.

4. A template for Quarterly Gross Sales Rep011 can be located at http:./ /ww\,·.gcncra!service~.statc .nin. us/statepurd1 n:,_i 1ig/resourcesa11dinf1mria1 ion .aspx#V cndors

145 State of New Mexico General Services Department Purchasing Division Statewide Price Agreement 70-000-16-00014: · Page-9 Contrnctoir Contact Information:

Dilll & Bradstreet Number: 00-132-5436 a.s yiiur c'ci111·pml,V a 111mi't1(bclr(f·er o)· ai/ ntllh01;/z.ed i1eala1•J .t~9e check.,Q!le.,,, Authorized Dealer

Adclress:5.QQ_W.Monrp~_Stre~_t, Chicag21 U... 60661. Telephone Number: 847~576-5.(Hitf ..... ·····-·· .. -- Company URL Link: www.m6foroiasoititions.com

Contract Admjnistrator; Additional Contact Infonnation: Nrune: Adtena _..,...-==- C11J'I1Jthei's-,Adatnsll_a10 _ _.,,.,,.~,...-~.~ Name; . M~nny Barreras _____ . Title: NM & El Paso Sr. Account Manager Address (ifdifferent from Company Address): Address (ifdi!fe~ntfrom OJmpany Address): 10680 Treena St., Suite 200 1409 Cardenas NE . ~l!n Diego, CA 92131 --·---- Albuquerque, NM 87110 Telephone 505-B50-B194 Telephone Number..___,858-368~36ZQ, •'Q"~~="' Number: ,-~-..,.,..-,--~.,,---,--,-,-- Emoil~·£!lnJ!t!u~rs@m()to)~plf!.:~oiuHuns.com Em ail: [email protected]:mi. l :,~' \ ' - • .. •. ·~ • • ' •

Signature:. ~ fJ~

146 State of New Mexico General Services Department Purchasing Division Statewide Price Agreement 70-0(}(qG-00014:

RID PRICING RESPONSE FORM Page ft_> J. Minimum Percentage Discom1t (%) off Manufacturer's Retail Price (MSRP) "Addi1io110/ rm l's nnd ior pnges may be added lo acco111111odn1e the Bidder's list q(biddi11g b!fh1mntio11; please Jit111Jbcr p(lges rmd rnws accordi11gly.

t:N&K :'J\aWiittWfttf~r.• t••t:t}lfRfil.fdtiutfiilH~g§_~l/'.f.2 ;iXrJj}j·.[r?J,e;•·i1;ni);,t;;, :w:sii'6i\i'!j)tt~ff'.'\i@% :»JsffMHk Po1·tal>le lfodiophone - ·- OOJ --- Subscl'ibe1· I CDM1550 ~- ·· · 10% 1 Motorola -·--.:;,:;;...--1....;{,;.:.P..;;;o.;..1·t.c.a..:.;;b.;..lc.;;,,s)'"----~------·--"··~------4------· - - ...... ~---i 2 Motorola Video Solutions 002 Infrastructure Command Central 10% '-· , Porh1ble Radiophone 004 Subscriber EX500/EX600 20% ~- 3 Motorola .,__Porfables) __.....,, ______--ll------+------+------+----1 4 Motorohi Fixed Stations . 005 Infrastl'UC(Ul'C P,n860 20% 5 Motorola Dispatch Service 006 Service -- Dispatch Service 5% Portable Radiophone 008 Subscribe!' HT1250 -- 20% 6 Motoroln (Portables) _____r.-,;.....;.;.._....;.;...... ______. ·-4----....Ji------'·------~------7 Motorola Fixed Wireless Broadband·------4-----i...--- 015 Software Speci11l Applications 20% Portahie Radiophone 018 Subsrriber CP100/CP150/CP200 0% 8 Motorola ·--~_.;....;.;,;;.;.....;.,:__{Portables) ______.____ f-. ___+- ___,.__--'l,...-.------1------l Porta ble Radiophone 019 SubscrJbcr PM/CM Radios 0% 9 Motomla____ ,..._{P__ o_r_ta_b_le_§,_) ----·---i-----'-4----:...... --...... J.:...... ;.;.;.;.;...... ;.;.._ ____ '-L-'-"--- "' 1 10 Motorohi CAD Equipment o::w Software PremierOne 0% Portnblc Radiophone 027 Subscriber ALPHA L 17% H Motol'o_Ia,_..i--,:(_P_01_·t_a_bl'-cs"',)""".-~-"-~-"'----1-----i------...j..------·----+---..-.. - Portnbtc Radiophone 037 Subscriber MOTOTRJlO 10% 12 Motol'olll (Portables) 13 Motorola Mobile Stations 038 Subscribet' MOTOTRBO 10% 0 ~ Motornla CAD Equipment ·-·-...+,_0_3_9_.i--S_of_t_w_11_rc___ ,-1-Ra_d_i_o_l_P ______--1_,_s_ A_o J~. Video SoluHoni. 039 Software Radio IP 5%-- Motoroln ----1----+---'---'--~..;._------{--,...;..-'-~ 16 Motorola Data Applications --·---i--,..,..,.-+-::,----.,------1------1----l041 Softw1we Auto License Plate. 10% 17 Motorola - Data Applications -----,-·--+---'04_1_-l_E_q~u_l~pm....,...e.,.,nt_.:...i._,_'i_dc_o_c_am_c,_·A_s_....:..... __,-4._1 __ 0_~_11 __ 18 Motorola ·--- LTE .. -·-·-----···...... i.----t------,!....-----·------·--+------051 Infrastiucturc Site 10% --19 --~---Motorola LTE ------..-+----+-:---'----+------+----- 052 Infrastructure BTE 10% 20 Motorola L'I'E 053 Infrastructure MME, SGW, PGW 10% 1---;--- ' ----M,,...,...... ,,,N.,.,,,...,_._ __..,.,.,.._...... ,._., ...... _ ...... _ - -·-----i.--..C.....---·--·--...... -- ·----- 21 Motorola LTE 054 Iufnistructure BSS/PCRF l0% t----·-+------+---·------... --...... , ~ ~------~-...-...,,...~, .... - .....__.... ---- 22 Motorola LTE ·--.. . 055 lnfrnsiructure Core ...... JO% f-'----+------....:.;.._...;1------+----+------23 Motorola LTE 056 fafrastructure Device 1\1'.anager ------<10% Motorola LTE 05? Subscrlbe1· Vehicular Modem 10% 24 ---~------.. -----~~~"'"' ·-··--1--.------l----- 25 Motorola LTE...... 058 Siilisc1%cr . UMJOOO LTE USD Modem 5% ------··----··- ----1------'--'..;.;..."4...;;;;;;,;;;;..;;;.~;..;:;..=..::.;::;.;;;_;=~.::.:...+...------I -- Mofo!'ola LTE 059 Software Applications i0% 26 ----·~-~-+----l-----~---1-::..;..~--'--~--~~-+-~----i 27 Motol'ola LTE _ 061. Software Applications lQ% 28 Mofoi'·olii LTE 063 Sofnvare PSJG 10% Z9 . Moiorol~ LTE 065 Subsc~-·--s--P-D-A-.-H-a-,i-dh-e-ld--·- 10% 30 !Vlotoi;ofa -· LTE . --... -----,_- • 066 lnfrnsfruc!m·e Dropshlp· ------1------110% -1--..,..,;;-...;;....~------1-----, 3K Motornla CAD Equipment 068 Software Advnncecl Messaging JO% . 32 Motorola Fixed Wireless Broadband c... 683 MESH 0% "'-, -- n,•-----·--· - ,, ,, -·-"·--·"'"""- • ~ •------.4.----~·------J 33 Mo(o1·1.lfa Video Solutions 080 Software RTCC HI% -~siin

147 Stotc of New Mexico Genen1l Services Department Purchasing Division Statewide Prit:e Agreement 70-000-16"00014: Page Ii

,__36 Motoroln Mobile Stations 103 Su bscribcr CDM750 ----~,. I t27D 37 Motoroli, - Mobile Stations ±109 S11hscrihc1· CUM1250 !!..% 38 Motorolo Dispatch Solutions 112 Infrastructure G-Serics Products 18% '-- .. 39 Mo(orolll Dispatch Solutions l 12 lnfrnstl'uct111·c G-Scries Products 18% ··-·-··~----"· .. Trun!clng Prod11cis and 115 Accessories Comm port 27% 40 Motorola System£ '"""... ""·~----..... -- .. ------Motornla Dispatch Solutions 118 Suftw:irc NG-911, Inirndo 10% ,-.41 -· - 42 Moioro!n Dispatch Solutions I2A Con~ok Command Stnl'/MC3000 ,____ 15% fs· ---· ·- --43 Motorola D ispntch Solutions 129 Console Gold Series Headsets 27% 44 Molorola Network Products 131 In frnstructure Mlcrow11vc Rudio 10%-- Beacon 133 Infrnstrndurc Beacon 17% --~45 Motorola ---- - 46 Motorola Pagcl's/Rcccivcr 136 Snbscl'ibcr Minitor Products 15% 47 Motorola Secure Solutions -137 Subscriber Key Management 20%-- 48 Motorola Dispatch Solutions - 139 Sofiware NG-911, ECW 0% Dispatch Solutions 147 Infrastructure MND Products Cable,-- Kits, 15%, 49 Motol'Olu ... SW 50 Motorola Data Applications 153 Subscriber HPD 20% - f-....- -· Portable Radiophone -·- 158 Subscrihm· CPllO ---· 20% 51 Motorola (Porta b~------·-·· 52 Motorola Mobile Stations 159 SubscribCl' GM300 .. 20% 53 Motorola P11ge1·s/Rccdver 169 Subscriber Advisor II 20% MC35/MC50-----·· 54 Motoroln Data Subscriber Devices 177 ------,Subscriber 15% 55 Motorola Data Subscriber Devices 185 W:itT,rnty Service -----·-~ -·-0% . ,.,....,...... ,.~.,....,--. 56 Motorola Dispatch Solutions 185 - Warranty Service 0% Portoblc Radiophone 185 Warranty Software 0% ·- 57 Motorola (Portables) Portab Jc Rndlophone 187 ·------Accessories Portable Accessories 27% SB Motorola (Portables2 ______._ c...... ------59 Mo(ol'ola Mol.iile S'3tions 189 ------Accessories Mobile Accessories -·---27% --60 Motorola Software Upgrades/Fl8shpor( 195 S0ftw1we Jnfrastmc(ure Software 2001,, ""...... ~ ..... ~- 61 Motol'oln Dispatch Solutions 201 Subscdbet·--- KVLH 10% 1- - 62 Motol'Ofo Dispatch Solutions 202 Subsc1•[be1· APX Deslrnet 20% Portable Radiophone 205 Subscriber XTS2500 25% 63 r----,-·--Motorola ,.fPO!~ ----·-·------· ___ ...... _.,...... ,...... _ ,,.._,.,,,L,-.--·----•..--«- --- Dispatch Solutions ~-·-"207 Parts ---·-10% 64 JVfotorola _Qropship ...... ,...... ~,,.,.,,,.,.,..,....,.....,.,..,,._ .. _, 1------·-----·...... ,.-~~...... - 10% ·- 65 5,,,,,-, •• , ... ,..,.Moiol'ola ...... ______Fixed Station Accessories __ ,....,.,._..,_,,_, 207 Purls Dropship --- -·---... ----~~-...,..... _, ·-- ·--- (i6 JVI0Lo1·01:t Fixed Station Antcnnn Systems 207 P1u·ts Dropship 10% 1-- ---~- ··------,.,...... , Motorola Network Products 207 Pm·ts IO% 67__ !--·--~.. --- ._.,..,... __A...,,_,_.._...,... • ..,__.,._ .,Ol'Opship -·····------68 Motoroln Fixed Dilta Pl'oducis 214 Infrastructure I\'Ioscad 10% ~-.. -- ·-----·-"·- ----·------...... ------·- 69 Motorola Fixed Network Eq~Eipment ·----zn Software PDG Software 20% . - --- .... , 70 Motorola f<'j)o'.ed Wireless Bro1Jdba11d 224 Knfriistructure Point to Point 15% • .,,h...,.__,,...... ,~,.,,...... ,_ -·-- -·------Fixed Stations 225 lnfnistrncfm•e Qulln tm'/Qu antro 20% 71 Motorola _,_,..,..._...,,,._...,..n-.,.,.,,,=-• --· . " ·--·--- ... ---~·- ~. .. ,.,,__,,~---- 72 Moto!'o!A Dispatch Solutions 226 Software ISSI 20% - ---~..... ------· 73 Motorola___..., ... , Dispatch Solutions 228 Console Ccntracom 20% ...... ,--...... J,-.. _____ - !.------~------· 74 l\1oiorola Dispatch Solutions :i29 Console Logging/Astrn-Tac 14% 75- Motorola Dispat.r.b Solutions ------~ 22 Equipment 232 Software Advnnccd Messaging 5% ·1·1_ ~~-:;J£1 __ ,. Nc1wo;·k Pro(fur.ts -·.. ····---··-:·-i32-·_. hifra;.;-;-;:;;;;(·~~~<- lhli~h'l'ork Sns . ....-·-~-~ ... 7R _ -· M"f »n>le ...... Q»a » fadQ "'"' I rn ASTRO RP ... __ .. 243 . .t <» fr»sf ,·,«MJI). fof»s

148 State of New Mexico General Services Deparirnent Purchasing Division Statewide Price Agreement 70-000-16-00(114: Page / 2.

79 Motorola TRKD • CILNTRACOMII 244 Console Control Centers 2,()% Flashport Com• S/W ·-----260 Subscriber -- Software Subscriptiou 20% ---80 Motorola Maintenance Agreement Bl Motorola Dispn.lch Solutions ---~-. - 26l Service .. Sct'l'ice/Shop Supplies 5% 82 Motornta Test Equipment 261 Pirts Service/Shop Supplies 20% Portablt'. RAdiophonc 27J Accessories Portable Accessories 27% 83 Motorola (Portables) __.__.__,..,...,..,..."'"'"""'""~- ,___, - Network Preventntive 269 Service System Sul'l'cy/Arrnl)'Sis 0% 84 Motorola Maittic1umce 85 Motoroln Fixed Station Accessories 273 Infrastructure Analog Comparator 20% 86 Motol'Olii Fixed Datu Products 275 Infrnstructm·c Moscad - 20% ·--· 87 Motol'oln Mobile Stations 276 Subscriber XTL5000 25% Fixed Sfatio11 Accessories ,__88 Motoroln . 277 Infrastructure SmartX 20% Trunking Products and 277 Infrastructure Smar·tnet Controller 20% ,__89 ·- Motorola Svstems - 90 Motoroln Records Management Software __279 ..... _Software CAD 0% --·· Trunking Products and 2BO Infrastructnrc Zone Controller Man 20%·- Motorola .....;;...,_,..Systems 91 ____ _....._...... ,-ov~ --·- ...... --~-- --·· ~-92 Motorola Fixccl Stutions 281 Infrastrncture Zone Munngcr 20% Trunking Pi'oducts iiud 281 Softwim: Zone Manager Interface 19% 93 Motorola Systems -- -· -94 Motorola Mobile Stations 287 Subscriber PAC·RT, VRS750 lO'X. Portable Radiophone 291 Accessories APX Aecessorles 27% 9S Mo(orola (Porb1bles) '-· ·- 96 Motorola Service/I'tlaintenance 293 Service ... Se1·viccs/Tl'illning 0% 97 Motorola Trainlng-Profcssional Services 286- Service Trniniitg/Sct·\'ices 0% 98 Motorola CAD Equipment 297 Infr11structure Records Management 5% 99 Motol'ola - Fixed Stations 301 Infrastructure Quanlftr Astr~tg 20% - Portable Radiophone -- 320 Subscribe1· XTS5000 25% 100 Motoroln (Portables) ... Dispafoh Solutions 322 Consok M CC Series I/0 15% I01 Motorola - ,--·- FJxcd Network Equipment 329 lufrastn1ctu1·e Tower Top Amplifiers -·----10% _l02 .. ,, Motorola 103 Motorola· CAO Equipment --~330 Infrastructure PrcmicrOne 5% ,..,·._,.; ...... -"- i.,-.-...... ___._ --: ~-- Port111Jlc Radiophone 332: Soft wan; Flashport- Softw~re 20% I04 l\'iotorola (Port:iblesL_ ...... -~.. ,-.,,"_ ..__ ~ ,----..... ,., ---· _ ...... CAD Equipment 333 Iufrnstrueture PremierOne 1(1% 105 ...... ____ Motorola ,,,~ ---..,...... -- Fixed Dnfa Products 342 Infrastructure Moscad 106 Motorolll -· _.. -. 10% 107 Motorola D11ta Applications 343 Parts Dell Laptops 10% ...... , ...,~-~~,.,,,.,...... ,,,_..._ --·--f----~--- ..,_...... ,.,_. 108 Motol'Ofo Fixed Stations 360 !nfrustructure Quanfar Receiver-~------20% ·--...... --...... ·---·~ 109 -- Motorola Paging/Receivers 361 Infrastructure Paging ---·-15'!/o --::--. ·- Porta hie Rfldioplwnc 362 Piu;ti; Parts 20% ll.10 Motorola (Portables) " ·- HJ Motol'ofa Sofiw11rc llpgl'adcs/FlasJ1po1't---·--- ___ 371 Software Radio SµbscripHon Soft. 0% f""J ....,.,_..._.., ..... ,..... ___,._.,,...... ;...... -,- -·-~---- Portub)~ Rndluphonc --·---·-372 Accessories XTS Accessories ,--·-·27%

112 Motorolil (Port!lbles) _,,... ,.. ..,,,..,,.,,.,.,,,,,,,....,.,.....,._,...... H .. c...... ·-----· ·--·~·--...... ____ Moblie St!itlons ---- 374 Siibscrihfr Ai;fro Consolcttc ,_,---- 15% ~ ,.,_,..,..,.,...... ,..,..,..,..,. 113 ____ ,..,,...,._Motorola. ...._ ...... ,,.,_,,., ...... ,....,...... ___,.._..,.,...,..,,...,.,,,,_,,_,_.....,.._,,....~ ~,,, ..._...... _,...... ,_ ____ ------____ ...... ____ ----·--,--···--·- H4 Motorola lLTE 375 Se1·11lce L'fE ...... ,,...... -,.,0% ,.~ ------, .,.,.,.,...,.....,,-r-.,.....,.•rn"..,_,_.,...,,___,_ ... ._ ___ -·-·-,_,In fras!J:;:;;t-m; __ 115 Motorola l<'lxe~ i:itations ·_.,.,_.., 377 Trunked_ ___ CcntritlOmt...... _...,_.,..,n,•,.._,,,..,.,_.__.,. 20% ... .. ~· - ..,..,,.,,._.,..,.,...... ,...... ,",,.,...... ,_,.,.-,- ... VM. __ -·------'frnn!dng Products and 377 lnfrns!ructure--- Cenlnil Contro!le!' -·17% - 116 lVfotoroln Svstcnis -·x 17f:1,1otoroia ".·::=J Fixedl~ctwur1t Eqllipmeni:=:·::~~:~ ~~~=)wx ~:=fwrnsfrudnre_~Entcrrdse··rermlnai~ .. =::·~= _-Tu•x,=-

149 Slate of New Mexico General Services Depmtment ?urchasing Division Statewide Price Agreement 70"000-16-00014: page J Motot'Ola ___ Dispncch Solutions ,,----r~- [nfras(ruct~ SDM Co11l1g JU% Pl'cYentlvc J\fainte11ance 390 · Sen·i;;-- Perfor~Mam1gement 0% F119 Reports Motorola Service C,...... ------·------~-Portable Rfldiophoru, -· 402 Accessories GP900 Accessories 20% 120 Motorola (Portables) - 121 Motorohi Fixed Dnta Products ---- 403 In frastt·uctu re Data Coniro!lcr/RNC '.W% ,_,1:22 Motorola Dispatch Solutions - 404 Console Ccut.racom :20% Poi·tablc Radloplto11c 407 Subscriber XTSl500 25% 12-3 Motorola (Porh1bles) -- ~ .... ,,..,.,,,.__... ·--~~- Portable Radiophone 414 AccessMies Accessories 20% 124 Motorola (Portables) ''""""*""""' ~~·- ~------· Dispatch Solutions 415 Accessories Monitors 125 Motorola .,.,.,...... ,,.__ JO% 126 Motoroln Fixed Siaiions 417--· lnfrastnicture Misc. Site Equipment JO% 127 Motornla MOTOTRBO 422 In frestrnctu re Infrastructure 10% 128 Motol'ula Fixed Stations 4:Z4 Infrnstructu re ter Siie/Aso·o -----20% I 129 Mo(orola Fixed Stations 425 In frastruct I~ Sy11t~~--- 20% 130 Moto1·ola Mobile Si.ations 426 Subscriber APX .. ,.,,...... ____ Z7% ... --·--Portable Rndioµhonc ---- 426 Subscriber APX ---·-'),7% 131 Motorola (Portables) __ .. ____ . Subscr!ber___ Portable Radiophone ------430 Fl~shport S0ftwS1rc --.'.20% 132 Motorola (Portables) _...,._~ ... _...... ,...,.,..,.., ..,.. ____ ------133 Motorola Sofiware Upgradcs/Fln~hport ------430 Subscribe!' -- Fla~·hport Software 27% Portable Radiophone ·--~- Subscriber -PHAOO ----·-·--··-·-· ---·-20% 134 Motorola {Portflblcs) ,, ______,,_ --~----~-·---#----- _,,,,,...... _.._.._.._ ]35 Mo(orolii ch Solutions ... __ 443 -·----··Console MCC7100/7500 Consoles 20% 136 Motorola Fb:ed Stations """'' 448 Infrnstnrcture· Quirntar/Quantro 20% -- ...... ,,,....---···-"" .. """'""""" --- 137 EmernldHW 44!> Infrnstructurc Connect+ Infra 20% --- Motorola ... ,,.,_-M___ I38 Motorola Pagers/Receiver .,...,....,.,. ._. 452 Subscriber i'ligers 27% __ ,_..,...,...., .... -.-.----- ·- Portable Radiophone 453 Accessories XTS Accessories 27% 139 I Motorola (PortahlesL______"" ~----- 140 Motoi·ola Dispatch Solutions 454 Commie Footswitchcs JS% 141 ____Motorola ...., ____ ,,.., Fixed Data l'1·oducts 455 Su bsc!'ibtr Data Subscriber 15% - ----"-----~Portnble llad!ophone 456 Subscriber RPG 20%

142 Moi(Jrola (Portablcsz ----,·~..,,,....,,._.,_,,,,,..,,,,_,_-~~- -~, .... ,..,.,,., ---~---.-...... ---·---··--··-··· ------·-··---·-.,·-~-~··---·- «---··~--"""'""' __,,,,.,.,,__,.,,.,.,.,-""" ____ 143 Mo!oroln---·--- Fixed Station Accessories 457 Paris Infrastructure Antennas 20% Porta hie Rfl!Jlophonl.! 458 Accessories AI'X Accessol'ies 20%

144 Motorola _,,.,___, ., ., (Portables) ---~------·-·--- ...... , __ "'"''"''"'...... _,~.,..,,.--,,,,...... , .,,._,,,....,..,,.,,,.,,.., •...,,., ..... ~ ...... -t,-.,,,,..,,..,,-,,,,,. __~-~--.~A,, ... - ---·- _ilir----·-----145 Motorola Secure Solutions___ .. _,.,_____ 462 Subscriber KVL3000 10% <"'" 146 Molorola APX1500 ------466 -----·--Subsct'ib~r .PX ;',7% ~.... ._. ·------'-- 147 Motorola Dispatch Solutions 469 Console....,._,.,"... ,...... ,,, AUX/IO 10% ____ M ____ MM--- .... ·····-~----·~,, ..,.,..,,.,"'"'- ·---·-.... ,..... ,...... , ... -#... J'(lttable nmHophone 470 Sub~cl'ibcr APX7000 -----25% 148 Mol.orofu ([>ortilbles) ,, , ...... ,...... ,...... ·------____ --- ._...... ~,.,, -·---- 149 ..._..._...... ,Molorofa Mobile Stations 471. Subscriber APX 27% __ ....,,..,_,,, ...... -.... - Fixed Stations ~·------~---.-- 474 Iufr11struc(m:e- MTR -----·------20% 150 Mutorolll. ,,,,.,.,,,..-~ ...... ,.,,_., ---·--r•"·--•W•"-....,_,,.....,.,_. __ MOTOTRBO 475 ------151 l\lfo to roJa Software Applklltions ·-----·10% -----· Pm·tnble Radiophone 47G Acce.r;sm·ies·------"'-'"""'""XTS Accessories 20% 152 Moturoltt ~ (PortablesL~------·~,___,.,, ~-~--...... , ... .,,.,.---.,,,..,.,. ---· -·---~-- Port;ihlc Radiophone 481 Subscrilm· APX ·-·-·-·-----·----- 27% ~, ... J\1otoroln .. __{!:ort11blcs) ... .!~~ .. , - --~-~-~~,~~~·~··''""'"'"''"'"''...,"'" ,-,-,..,,,s-,.,,.,,,-.,.,,,,._.,-. ..,,,,,~--- .. .,..,,..-k. l'otlahl.c Radiophone 483 Suhsrdhr:-r PM1500 25% 154 Molornla ...... _ ...... ~"_,..._,_,,,w~~~"-•~r,~,A.,.., ~ (Porfubl~L... ,,, .... -·,-· ••-•r- , ~vm--•-ru•••>- Mobile S!aHons 484 Subscdbe1 lV!01u;.;.o, ;,_15~-- Moforuln ~-,_,_...._,,.-#,,,~.,...... ,...,- ..... ~--=~,n"""•"'""""--+'.;-.u,..-~.,~- ""'"'""'"'''--·~-·~·- --~--··---·---"'

150 State of New Mexico General Services Depmiment Purchasing Division Statt:wide Price Agreement 70--000-16-00014:

I 156 Moto1·0Jn Video Solutions 488 Infrastructure Ji'h:cd Video 10% Tt·un king Products and 495 rnfrnstructurc PDG Hardware 20% 157 Motorola Svstems - 158 Motornta Fh:.ed Dat11 Pl'oducts 499 lnfrastl'udure Mosc~d 10% XTLSOOO -- 25% 159 M 0101·01 a Mobile Statlo11s ---..,.- 500 Subscriber Portable Radiophone 505 Access odes Accessories - 27% 160 Motorola (Po1·tables) 161 Mo.torola Fixed S!ntions 509 lnfrastl'irnture Astro QuantGl' 20% Receivers - lnfrastructure Astro Quani.ar 20% .__162 Mo!omla .,, 509 -· J63 Motorola Fixed Stntions 512 lnfrnstruct111·c MTR3000 20% 164 Motorola Receivers 512 tructurc Receiver Options 23% 165 Motorol11 Mobile Stations 514 Subscriber XTL2500 ZS% -· ·-~ --166 Motorola Fixed Shition Ae,fossories S1S Pnt·ts Tr11nsmlssion Line 20% 16'1 Motorola MOTOTRBO 516 Softwai'e AppHcatlons J(l.% - ·-· 168 Motorola Mobile Stations 518 Subscriber XTL2500 25% -· ... ~--~~ Sccul'i!y 519 Service Network Security ---~·0%

169 Motorol:i _._ , _ Monito1·im• Security. Sei·vke ·· . 0% ---170 ------Motorol.i ------~~-- - ~- 519 security Update 171 Motorola Dis1}a(ch Solutions - 520 Subscriber WAVE Technology . 10% ___1n ,, Motorola Dispatclt Solutions 524 Infrastructu- IMotohl'ldge 10% ~.173 Motorola Fixed Station Accessories 524 Infrast Asfro DIU 20% Secure Solutions 524 ,,\str9D]U - --J74 Motorola - Infrasttueturc - 20% 17S -·----·-Motorola Fixed Station Accessories 525 cture Astro Comp11ralor 20% - Motorola Secu!'e Solutions 525 Infn1structure Astro C:omparator 15~/o ____ ,,_.,. Mobile Statlolts 527 Subs erIber APX 27% Motornla ·- ~ Portable R11diophonc 527 Subscriber APX 27% 178 Motorola Jfoi-tables2 ..... 179 Motorola Pl'lvafo IDEN INFRA 529 Irifrisfruct~rc Private IDEN P&L 20%'' Portable Radiophone 536 Subscl'lber APX 27% 180 Motorola (Portables) ----181 ------·Motot'ola Fixed Stations -- S37 Infrastl'ucture SZ fotcllircpcatcr 20% 182 Motorola CAD Equipment ----- 548 Infrastructure CAD ___ ,,, ...... f-----10% 183 lYJ.otoriila Mobile Accessorit.s 554 Accessm~ntonnas ,_____ 27% ·~·- . Portable Antennas 555 Accessories wo-Way Trnditional -- 27% 184 Mo€01·0I11 ,~.,... ,,,~...... ,..,.._,, 185 l\'1 otornfo""·- MOTOTRDO 557 Infrastructure Controlle1· IO% 186 Tc'iu,v,0111 Service/Main(enanct; -- 561 - Scrvlec Network Monitoring 0% "" Portable Radiophoi1c 562 Subscriber APX - 27% l\'Iotoro!H (P01·to hies) J.?:L ,._..,,.,,_...... ,.----~-·· .. ~.------~---··'""'' -· Motorola MOTOTRBO , ____ 563 X11fni strucim·e Controller 10% ~~~~~~~"~·- p!~ Po 1·tablc Ib.diophmie. ----·570 Subsctilrnr -- PDR3500 Poi·tnb!e 1-«-<•N-.+-•«A

151 State of New l\1exico General Services Departrnen1 Purchasing Division Page /S Statewide Price Agreement 70-000-16-00014:

Dispatch Solutions 595 In fraslructm·c MCC7500 Convcntionn! 20% 196 Motorola Site Oper • ,--n-n ------197 IVTotorola Wireless Mobility 606 Infrastruc!urc Canopy _,,__,_- 15% _,,,,_ ____ ··>---- 198 Motorola Records Management Software 60B Software PSA IO% ~ ------Portn ble R:idioplione 619 Accessories Digital Accessories 27%, 199 Motorola (Portables) ..._,.,. ______-~-- -'------Portable Radiophone-----·- ----626 Subscriber PRl500 2(/% 200 Motoroln (Pol'tablcs) - -- ,,__201 Moiorola Fixed Stations 643 lnfrnstructurc DIU ·---.------2(/% Mo1orola Mo!Jile Accessories 644 Accessories Mlsc. Accessories 27% ,-,-.202 ·- 203 Moloroh1 Tl'unkcd Tcrminiils 647 Infrnstructure D· Infrastructure 20% -r· - -- ·~----204 Motorola·-- Mobile Stntions 652 Subscriber APX ·----- 27% Portable R»dioplione 654 Subscriber XTS4000 0% 205 Motorola (l'orta blcs) ------,__206 Motorola Mobile Stations 655 Subsc!'iber APX 27% ---~--~--- Portable Racllophon~ 655 Subscriber APX 27% 207 Motorola , (Portab~------· ·- Moto rnla ___ Mobilr. Stations 656 Subscriber APX 27%, -208]_ ,,,_-n;,n,,...,.....,.,_.-,,_,.,.______------l'ortublc Radiophone -- 656 - Subscriber APX 25% 209 Mufornfa J:Por(ahles) .. ~ .... ------·- . ..- ---- 659 Service NG-911 -·-----0% -210 ------Motorole NG-911 Scrvlce ~------....-· ------.--:-----··- --211 Motorofa Networking Security Service •.. 659 Sel'vicc Security, IP Networking O'Yo 212 ___¥oiorol~-- Dispatch Solutions 660 Subscriber WAVE Technology, ,..,,._ JO% ; -·- _____ ,-,--,..... ,~. 213 Motorola Data Applications -- 670 Software Intelligent Dat!i Portal 0% 7.,14 Mo(owht System Implcmcntaiion 670 Service SI 0% ,---- - Portable Radiap!wrw 672 Subscriber HT75C> 34% 215 Motorola Jt_ortab!cs) ~···· .. ~·-----· - ·--~-----·-··----~· --·---,-....-·-····-~···--·" -·----•---••----v•-••'--'"'"'"Y•'-•V • ,., .. ,,, ....., ... ,...,.-.,-~-... ,, 216 Motorola Fixcc! Stations 675 lnfrnstn1cturc SZ lntcllircpeafcr 20% ----- i-,...... --·22%, .. 21'i Motoroln Fixed S(ntions 680 Infrastructure Data Dase Station >--·------Por(able Radiophone-- 687 Subscriber XTS/MT 1500 ------20% ,_218 -- Motorola (Portables) - - ~-219 ,______Motorofa ~~9uipment __,,_ ~----702 Infrastructure CAD ~-·,..,...,,.,..0% Disp»tch Solutions 70G Accessories ll'ICC Accessories ---- 27% ,-220 Motorola --- -·-·--·~·· ·-·----~--- -· 70B ·------221 -·-Motorola Dispatch Solutions Purts Dropship ·------·-1.7% 222 M.otorola Dispatch Soluti~~-- 708 [ nfrnstructurc Fire Station Alc1·t1ng I7% 4··-r--·~----- " ·---·~ ,,..,,,...,.-.--.,~---·--" 123 Mo1orola Dispatch Solutions 708 Par[s Battery Ilnckup ,, ____ 17% ----<--- ...... ,...,,....,. .. ·----~ 224 ______Motorola ...... _ Dispatch Solutions 708 Software Network Security 17% ------·--·--... ~ ..... - ---- 225 Molornla 708 • __Plll'fS...... ,,__,_,,,_,,,.,_,,_,..,,u 17% -·~- •. Dispatch Solutions-·-·-·-··-·------·-- . Dropship --.. ·-·-~------· ----.-·-~--- l'or(ablc Radiophone 721 Subscriber XTS5000 25% ,_B£_ Motorola ~Portables) ,,..., ...... ~.-.---,-~------Por'fable Radiophone 7').6 Subsct'ibcr XTLlSOO u/v 25% 227 Motorohl (Poetnblc&_ ,__,...... -...... ------..----- 228 Molomla Dispatch Solutions_ .. _____ 729 ------·Console Gold Scl'ics Flashes 20% ,,.,,.....,....,,...... ------D~fo Subscriber Dcvlc1is 736. Subsci-ilier MW810 22% ,_229 V.'M~A----~-Motorola ...... ~·------·-·"--·- ·-- - 230 Moto1:ola Di.~patcb Solutions _.. ____740 In frastructurc _MMIP5000 ______, __, ___ 15% ---· -· ~...._...... ,,...... ~-·------Pm-!nble Rndiophonc 742 Accessories APX Accessories 27% (Portab!esl__, ______.. ______... _ 23l .... Motoro!11_ .. .._.,.....__.. -~---.... -...... ,.~·· .... .,.,..,,.,. -~.-..._...... ~""«''>''''''""'""'""""""~·----·------" ____ ...... ,..,._._~---~ 232, JVJotornla R<~ceivers 743 ______Irlfn11;truc(urc ,...... ,.._,._""'"""""' Astrn Receiver :10% ----~-.ov...,...,'nv.,,,,;, '------=..,.._._,,,,..,..,,.,_..,,.,,,,w.,.....,._,,..~,_.,..,,_,,.,...... , -=-----~=_.,.,....,,,,v-.,'"'""".,.=·,...... ,...,.,.,_,...... ,... --- 744 Parts Misc Parts -:;mo;['- 233 Motornla l<'ixcd Stn tio n s ~.._,... ,..,..._.,...... ,., ~····"-""""" •• ,._-,....,--··-----····-·-A--··~- ...., ., ...... ,...... - .. ·--'="~...... , ... ~,--·-----·····- ... ,-.-~-"-''"'"'"'...... h '•MM,.,,.,,,....,..,,.._.,.,.,, --·~--,...... __ .----·--·---~--·-~-----...,,,-w.~··='""··•--·· -···------, ... ~,, .... Por(nblc Rmliophonc; 749 St1bscribcr HT1250 34-'Yu 231 lVI nto rn la ...... _____ -·« -----·· ··-- . .-.,,, ...... -.,.-_,,...... J~>ol'lahlesJ ...... -. ._ ...... """eH"'"'-= ~ ON••<~•,"-""'"-~•, ..••,-,-,,,•,=•=• " -··=··----·~"='"""·'"'"------~ .. ,.-~,.-- ...... ··------·~-,------· - ..... ~----~=--··"• .

152 State of New Mexico General Services Department Purchasing Division Slatewide Price Agreement 70-0oo .. 16 .. 00014: page J[;1

Portable Radiophone 755 Suhscrihcr APX6000 Bllsic 27% --235 Motorola ( Pol'lll I.lies) --~ Portllblc Radiophone 756 Subscriber APX6000XE 25"/i, .236 Motorola (Por!a blesl ··---- 237 Motorola Mobile Station.s '------761 S1tbscribcr APX 27% Motorola Dntn Applkations 766 S0ftw11!'e IDPSenfo,s 0% ~ Motoro!ll l>ispatch Sen'kc 768 Iufrastrncfure ASTRO 24, Master Site 0% 240 MotorolA Scrvicc/Mllintennnce ·-· 769 Service Onsite Rc_ryonse (Loe.al) 0% -- 241 Motoroln Scrvice/M !l in ten a nee 769 Servtce SUAH 0% 242 Motorola Sei:vice/Mulntenonce 772 Service TecJmical Support 0% 243 Motorola Mobile Stntions 775 Subsci·ibcr XTL1500 - 11% 244 Motornla Mo bile Sfotions 776 Subscriber Mnn1trnc :ZO% ~~ Motorofa MOTOTRBO 777 Subscriber PortnbJes 10% Portt1ble Radiophone 785 Accessories Accessories 27%

:Z46 Motorola (Portables) - ... " 247 Molorola Air Time Accumulator 786 S0ftwa1·c D- lnfrastructurc 20% 241:l Motorol11 Mob.lie Sta 792 Subscriber CDM1550 20% . --_249 -~Motorola Profession11J Flxcd '194 liifrastructnre Fixed Other 20% ------Portable Rndiophone 795 Accessories APX Accessories 27% 250 Motoroh1 (Po1;tables) - -- Portnble Radiophone 798 Accessorfos APX Accessories 27% 25l Motorola (Portables) - ... 252 Motorola Fixed Wireless Broadband 800 Infrastructure MESH 0% flxcd Stations 811 Software Encryption 5% Motocol, Lifecycle Services 823 Service SMA/SUA 0% I Motorola - Motorola Fixed Wireless Broadband 632 Inth1structure Wireless LAN/Symbol 10% Motomla Wireless Mobility ____ 832 Infrastructure Wireless LAN 10% Portable Radiophone 837 Subi;ct'ibcr APX 27% 257 Moforola (Porfablci;) •'"'<...... ~ Motorofa PHgiag/Receivcrs 839 InfrasJruc~ute Encoders 258 ·-'--,_,;,_ 150/o Portnble Radiophone 841 Subscriber 259 ~otorol~-- (Poi·tablcs) ----- ,,...,,,..,...,..,....,,. __ .___ HT~~~O ~LS___ ... i~- 260 - IVJ.otomla Professlmrn l Services - 842 Software 311 Software ------0% 2

153 Stote of New Mexico General Services Department Purchasing Division Page· Statewide Price Agreement 70-000··16-00014: 17 -~~~ ... -:~:~~::: ... _~;::~r~~~~~::,::~~-- __ .. . -~+~=-~~-~ .2~:~)'~~t,.1~:. -~-~~;y~-~~---==l._1~~ 277 !Viotoroln L!fccycle Ser\'iccs 904 Scr\'ice SUS 0% 27/J ·- Lifecycle Services 905 Ser\'ice SA 0% ·- Motorola ----+------279 Motomla Fixed Wlrcless Droa·------Motol'Oln Mobile Stations 922 Subscriber CM200/CM300 -----20% 284 Motorolu Infrnstructurc Repair 929 Service Services 0% 1-:------1------''------1----+------i------·------1 285 Motorola Paging/Receivers 940 Parts Minitor Parts 15% 286 Motorola !'aging/Receivers 941 Illfrnstructu1·c Infrastructure 15% 287 Motorola Service/Mainte11ancc 943 _ , Service System Mannge1· 0% '--288 ------11------·-·------Motorola Fixed Wireless Brondband _.,,,,----,1------1----~947 Infrastructure Broadband Peripherals 15% 289 Motorola Warranty 9G4 Set·vice Additional Warranty 0% - ---r------+---,---1-:,,---- 290 Motorola Priv Sys Intlnoc Release 967 Infrast1·uc(ure·--1----·------·- D- lnfrastructure -·--·-20% Portable Radiophone 977 Subscriber MOTOTRBO 10% 291 Motorola (Portables) __ -- CAD Equipment ·- 981 lnfrastrncture =Advanced Datn Capture 0% 1 i--~-:~-3--:-·-::-:-~-:1-:--M-a_h_1t_c_na_t_1c_e______9g3 Sl'.l'Vlce --·-~~·------0°;., ------·-l'------'---1--L-T_E______--- 984 -- Service ·-:-LOCALTILCHNICAL ·--·-0% -- 94 Motorola SUPPORT . 95 Motorola LTE -·------"9s-s-··-I-n--fl--·a·s-!_n_1_c_.t,-1r-e-+-CS-I_J\_.f_A_TERIAL -·--- _ f-· 0% _.J 96 Motorola Saturn Buy-Sell --987 Patts Batteries 27% J ~_9_7_ _,__J\_'I_ot __ o_r_ol_a_= , LTE -----~------_ 989 l§rnistructure NETWORK AIRTIME_ _ ~~% _J

H. Implementation Services: Software Integration, Hardware Installation and Training

·-·~·-·--,-·----·~--~·- ....------No; Service ----+-----·-"A_o_D_i_sc_o_u_n_t __ $ Rate (t11d1ca1r. Hourly or Dail tJ --L Sys!cm Technologist 0% $1,625.00 dailv ------2. StRndard Sltw Instnllation 0% $150.00 pm· hour 3. Mobile Radio lnsta!lntion ·~------$180.00" $500.00 ptfrunil -~-"· 4. Radio Program rninL...__ ,______O_%_o,____ $55.00 - $125.00 per unit --5. Softwal'e fosCa!lation --...... --.- ... - _ .. ____.. _.. ____ ------... - ... -s;:stcm .. ----·---- (j, -Trainl!!g ----.. ---- _ -·--.. --·-- --~· ______.. Svstem 7. Post Warrantv Maintcna.n,..c.. e_ ------·------·---·---·-·------·----... __ ,_____ ...... _...... System .... ------

, Svstem -~!...- Sue.1?2rt Services ------·---- __ ...,______------·------'

Ht Provide URL Link or Lfolrn to CommunkaHons, Radio Equipment, Parts, Accessories and Related Services Pdcc Catalogs:

1. htfp~:.//husinr.~sonlilw.mo!orolasolutio11:i.eom __ ... - ... ,-...... _ ...... ___.... _...... - .. '.l. 3.

154 ITEM # o i ... O'l-13

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT CONCERNING THE OPERATION OF THE SANTA FE REGIONAL EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS CENTER (''RECC") BETWEEN THE GOVERNING BODY OF THE CITY OF SANT A FE, NEW MEXICO, THE TOWN OF EDGEWOOD, AND THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF SANTA FE COUNTY, NEW MEXICO

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT (hereinafter referred to as "the Agreement") is entered into by and between the City of Santa Fe, New Mexico (hereinafter referred to as "the City"), a municipal corporation organized and existing under the Laws of the State of New Mexico, the Town of Edgewood, New Mexico, a municipal corporation organized and existing under the Laws of the State of New Mexico (hereinafter referred to as "the Town"), and the Board of CoW1ty Commissioners of Santa Fe County, New Mexico (hereinafter referred to as "the County"), a political subdivision of the State of New Mexico.

PURPOSE

The purpose of this Second Amended and Restated Joint Powers Agreement is to include the Town as a party to the Agreement, and to further defme the terms and conditions under which the parties will jointly operate, maintain and administer the Santa Fe Regional Emergency Communications Center (hereinafter referred to as "the RECC"), to further define the roles and responsibilities of the RECC to provide emergency telephone access for citizens of the City, the Town and the County, obtain needed emergency services including fire, EMS and law enforcement, and provide emergency communications within the City, the Town and the County.

WHEREAS, on or about November 5, 2001, the parties hereto entered into a Joint Powers Agreement to Operate the RECC;

WHEREAS, the RECC was established and, since 2001, has provided enhanced 911 communications within the City and County with corresponding improvements to emergency response, emergency medical care, fire, rescue and law enforcement services;

WHEREAS~ on or about October l 1, 2006, the Board of County Commissioners and the Governing Body of the City of Santa Fe executed a Joint Resolution (County Resolution No. 2006-] 64 and City Resolution No. 2006-125), wherein the County agreed, in the event the County's proposed Countywide Emergency Communications and Emergency Medical Gross 11 Receipts Tax was approved by the voters, to be ••• solely resp-0nsible for the costs of the day to day operation of the RECC .. .'\ to become the fiscal agent for the RECC, and to employ RECC employees as County employees;

155 WHEREAS, the voters approved the Countywide Emergency Communications and Emergency Medical Gross Receipts Tax during the general election of 2006 and proceeds from that tax have been collected since July 1, 2007;

WHEREAS, the Town has recently created its own police force and desires to join with the City and the County so that emergency communications with the Town's law enforcement forces are provided by the RECC; and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to further amend and restate the 2001 agreement to confonn to the Joint Resolution, to correct the agreement to conform with amendments that have been made to the Enhanced 911 Act, and to set forth herein their covenants and agreements thereto.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS MUTUALLY AGREED BETWEEN THE PARTIES THAT:

ARTICLE I ESTABLISHMENT OF THE REGIONAL EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS CENTER ("RECC"}

Pursuant to the New Mexico Enhanced 911 Act, NMSA 1978, Sections 63-9D-l el. seq. (1989) (as amended) (hereinafter referred to as 11 the Act"), the Joint Powers Agreements Act, NMSA 1978, Sections 11-1-1 through 11 ~ 1-7 (1961 )(as amended), and the general authority possessed by City and Com1ty government, the RECC is established for the express purpose of exercising the powers conferred upon local governing bodies by the Act. Pursuant to this Agreement, the RECC shall continue to provide enhanced 911 emergency communications within the City of Santa Fe, the Town of Edgewood and the County of Santa Fe, and act as the vehicle through which the parties receive funding pursuant to the Act.

ARTICLE II BOARD OF DIRECTORS

A. THE R.ECC BOARD. The RECC shall be governed by a Board of Directors consisting of members described in the next paragraph. The Board of Directors shall be known as the "Santa Fe Regional Emergency Communications Center Board" (hereinafter referred to as "the Board").

B. BOARD MEMBERS AND TERMS:

l. The Board shall consist of the following persons:

a. The Police Chief of the City of Santa Fe;

b. The Fire Chief of the City of Santa Fe;

c. The City Manager of the City of Santa Fe;

2 156 d. The Sheriff of the County of Santa Fe;

e. The Fire Chief of the County of Santa Fe;

f. The County Manager of the County of Santa Fe;

g. The Police Chief of the Town of Edgewood;

and

h. One member representing the community at~Jarge appointed by agreement of the City Manager of Santa Fe, Town Mayor and County Manager.

2. The term of office of members of the Board of Directors shall coincide with that member's term of office or term of service with the respective party, except the member representing the community at-large shall serve at the pleasure and upon consensus of the City of Santa Fe Manager, Town Mayor and County Manager.

3. A person appointed on a temporary or indeterminate basis to one of the positions specified in Article II(B)(l), subsections (a) through (t), shall serve as a member of the Board of Directors until the appointment terminates.

C. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

1. The Board of Directors shall provide oversight and direction for the operations of the RECC and shall regularly advise the governing bodies of the City, the Town, and County concerning the operations of the RECC.

2. The Board of Directors shall interview candidates for the Director of the RECC (hereinafter referred to as "the Director"), as provided in Artide m of this Agreement and only those candidates recommended by the Board shall be considered for hire. The County Manager shall not have the authority to hire, fire or discipline the Director of the RECC without the recommendation of the Board of Directors. The Director shall be a County employee but shall report solely to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have general supervisory authority over the Director and shall have the right to recommend any necessary personnel decisions concerning the Director to the County Manager. The Board of Directors shall describe in writing the duties and responsibilities of the Director, shall conduct an annual performance review of the Dfrector, and shall conduct other periodic reviews as needed.

3. The Board shall not have general supervisory authority or have authority to make any personnel decisions concerning other employees of the RECC.

4. The .Board of Directors shall conduct periodic meetings with the Director and staff of the RECC to receive reports and provide guidance and direction.

3 157 5. The Board of Directors shall periodically review revenue and expenses of the RECC and shall propose to the County an annual operating budget for operation of the RECC which shall be submitted for approval to the County prior to March 1st of each year.

6. The Board of Directors shall review and approve any proposed capital expenditure for the RECC on an annual basis, which shall be submitted to the City, the Town and the County prior to March l of each year as a supplement to the proposed annual operating budget. Capital expenditures are assets over $5,000 each item including delivery, installation, and other related costs of equipment, machinery, or vehicles with a life of longer than one year

7. The Board of Directors shall ensure that the proposed annual operating budget of the RECC is adhered to and that the finances of the RECC are properly managed.

8. The Board of Directors shall approve standard operating procedures and policies as developed by the Director for operation of the RECC. Standard operating procedures shall not be valid unless first approved by the Board or, in the case of an emergency, adopted by the Director and ratified by the Board at the next meeting of the Board.

9. The Board of Directors shalJ review and approve quarterly reports prepared by the Director and shall submit copies of the approved report to the governing bodies of the City, the Town and County.

IO. The Board of Directors shall create and appoint, by resolution, such committees as it deems necessary.

l l. The Board of Directors shall adopt procedural rules of order for Board meetings and meetings of any committees.

12. The Board shall, through the Director, comply with requests to inspect public records pursuant to the Inspection of Public Records Act, NMSA 1978, Sections 14-2-1 et seq. (l 974)(as amended).

13. The Board shall coordinate compliance with and take all requisite actions pursuant to the Enhanced 911 Act, NMSA 1978, Sections 63-9D-1 et seq. (I 989)(as amended)

D. MEETINGS:

l. The Board of Directors shall; at least annually, adopt a resolution that specifies what notice for a public meeting of the Board is reasonable pursuant to the New Mexico Open Meetings Act, NMSA 1978, Sections 10~15-1 et seq. (1974)(as amended).

2. The Board of Directors shall annually elect one member to act as the Chair of the Board alternating yearly between a city and county representative and a fire and police representative. The Chair shall be entitled to vote.

3. Each Board member shall have one vote; proxy voting shall not be permitted.

4 158 4. A majority of the members of the Board of Directors shal1 constitute a quorum and a majority vote of members present shall decide any issue except capital expenditures over one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) which shall require an affirmative vote of% of the full Boa.rd.

5. Members of the Board may attend a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other similar means of communications equipment when it is otherwise difficult or impossible for the member to attend the meeting in person. provided that each member participating by conference telephone can be identified when speaking, all participants are able to hear each other at the same time and members of the public attending the meeting are able to hear any member of the Board who speaks during the meeting.

6. The Board shall meet regularly but no less than quarterly, upon the call of the Chair, or upon the call of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors.

7. The Board shall cause minutes of all meetings to be kept and shall provide copies of said meeting minutes to the City, Town and County Clerks for retention as public records.

E. LIMITATION. The Board shall not be involved in the day-to-day management of the RECC except as outlined above and shall only have such duties and responsibilities as have been expressly delegated by the City, Town and County pursuant to this Agreement, along with such incidental powers as may be reasonably necessary to effectuate the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

F. INDEPENDENT COUNSEL. The Board shall be represented at all times by independent counsel, and not by the City Attorney, the Town's attorney, or the County Attorney. The Board shall include the costs of such representation in its annual recommended budget. A.B1fEf.+.EJU ORG~.~ZAJJ.QN OF THE~~~

A. THE DIRECTOR.

1. The Director shall be responsible for the day-to-day operation and management of the RECC.

2. The Board of Directors shall recommend to the County employment of the

Director1 who shall be an exempt employee of the County. The Director shall report solely to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have supervisory authority over the Director and shall have the sole right to recommend any necessary personnel decisions concerning the Director to the County. The Board of Directors shall describe in writing the duties and responsibilities of the Director, and shall conduct an annual performance review of the Director and conduct other periodic reviews as needed.

5 159 3. The duties of the Director shall include the following:

a. The Director shall plan, direct, operate and manage the RECC.

b. The Director shall have general supervisory authority over employees assigned to the RECC.

c. The Director shall recommend to the County, consistent with the County's personnel rules and any applicable collective bargaining agreement, the hiring, firing and disciplining of all employees assigned to the RECC.

d. The Director shall assign, train, schedule and supervise employees assigned to the RECC.

e. The Director shall serve as the liaison between the RECC and the City, the Town, the County and agencies utilizing the RECC? concerning the operation, management and funding of the RECC.

f. The Director shall report to the Board on matters related to operation, management and funding of the RECC, including the annual operating budget and proposed capital improvements associated with the operation of the RECC.

g. The Director shall prepare a recommended annual operating budget for the RECC and shall present it to the Board for approval prior to submission to the County.

h. The Director may delegate and perform the preceding tasks, other tasks assigned by the Board, and such other tasks and functions as may be reasonably necessary to implement this Agreement.

B. RECC EMPLOYEESffRANSITION TO COUNTY EMPLOYMENT.

1. Upon the effective date of this Agreement, RECC employees shall become employees of the County, subject to the personnel rules and applicable collective bargaining agreements of the County, and subject to the policies and standard operating procedures of the RECC.

2. In order to facilitate the orderly transition to County employment, the parties agree that RECC employees shall receive the employee's hourly rate or salary immediately preceding the transition to County employment. After becoming County employees, employees of the RECC shall receive the County's normal benefit package, including participation in the Public Employees Retirement Association retirement plan, State of New Mexico health plans, tenn life insurance plans, sick leave and vacation pursuant to the County's then-current personnel rules and any applicable collective bargaining agreement, and other incidental benefits provided by the County.

6 160 3. Accrued annual leave and sick leave balances of RECC employees shaU be carried forward upon County employment. Funds held by the City as Fiscal Agent for the RECC as security for the sick leave and vacation balances shall be transferred to the County. After the employees become County employees, employees assigned to the RECC shall accrue annual leave and sick leave as provided in the County's personnel rules, any applicable collective bargaining agreement, and based on their total years of service for the RECC.

ARTICLE IV FINANCIAL MA TIERS

A. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE FISCAL AGENT. Santa Fe County shall act as the Fiscal Agent for the RECC and shaB collect all revenues accruing to the RECC and shall make all disbursements for the RECC. The County shall periodically cause financial reports to be created pertaining to the operations of the RECC, and shall ensure an annual audit is accomplished. So long as the County is Fiscal Agent of the RECC, it shall be strictly accountable for all receipts and disbursements of the RECC, and shall maintain appropriate records thereafter as prescribed by law.

B. FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF CITY, TOWN AND COUNTY,

1. The County shall provide all funds needed for day-to-day operation of the RECC.

2. The City and the County shall equally provide funds for needed capital expenditures. The Town agrees to contribute 20% towards the needed capital expenditures that do not exceed $100,000.00 (i.e., the maximum the Town will contribute on an annual basis for capital expenditures is $20,000.00). The City, County and Town agree to review these tenns annually.

3. The Town agrees to pay $75,000.00 to the RECC for FY 09 and for each fiscal year thereafter until the terms are changed. The Cityr County and Town agree to review these terms annually.

4. The RECC shall be housed in space provided by the County.

5. All funds received hy the parties to support operations of the RECC or to support capital expenditures shall be provided to the County~ including funds provided by the State of New Mexico or the federal government, and any and all such other funding or grant agencies, and disbursements from the Enhanced 91 l Fund. Such funds shall become the property of Santa Fe County but shall be expended by the County solely to support operation of the RECC; no party shall be entitled to a credit, offset, deduction or other compensation for said funds regardless of who solicited, applied for~ sought or obtained said funding.

6. The County shall acquire public liability insurance in such amounts and with covernge appropriate to the risks inherent in the RECC's operations, including specifically all

7 161 risks for which immunity has been waived pursuant to the New Mexico Tort Claims Act, NMSA 1978, Sections 41-4-1 et seq. (l 976)(as amended).

C. NATIONAL CRIME INFORMATION CENTER. The National Crime Infonnation Center (NCIC) functions of the RECC may be contracted to the New Mexico Department of Public Safety.

D. MULTIPLE STREET ADDRESS GUIDE. The RECC shall be responsible for maintaining, updating and providing the necessary infonnation to the telephone company as needed to maintain an accurate Street Address Guide for the City, the Town and the County.

8 162 ARTICLEV TERM OF AGREEMENT

A. TERM. This Agreement shall become effective on July 1, 2008, so long as the Agreement has been previously approved and executed by the parties hereto and approved by the Secretary of the Department of Finance and Administration. If this Agreement has not been approved and executed by the parties hereto and approved by the Secretary of the Department of Finance and Administration as of July 1, 2008, this Agreement shall become effective when approved and executed by the parties hereto and approved by the Secretary of the New Mexico Department of Finance and Administration. This Agreement shalI have perpetual existence unless terminated as hereinafter provided.

B. TERMIN.ATION. This Agreement may be terminated by any party upon delivery of a written notice to the other parties at least 180 days prior to the intended date of termination. By such termination, no party may nullify or avoid any obligations required to have been performed prior to termination.

C. LIABILITY. No party shall be responsible for liability incurred as a result of another parti s acts or omissions in connection with this Agreement. Any liability incurred in connection with this Agreement is subject to the immunities and limitations of the New Mexico Tort Claims Act, NMSA 1978, Sections 4 l-4° I et seq. (1976), as amended, and the express immunity granted pursuant to NMSA 1978, Section 63-9D-10 (l989)(as amended).

D. AMENDMENT. This Agreement shall not be altered, changed or amended except by instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto, which shall not become effective until approved by the Secretary of the Department of Finance and Administration.

E . .AJP'PROPRIATJONS. The terms of this Agreement are contingent upon sufficient appropriations and authorization being made by the governing bodies of the City, the Town and the County for the performance of this Agreement. If sufficient appropriations and authorization are not made, this Agreement shall terminate upon written notice being given by one party to the others at least 180 days prior to the intended date of termination. Any party's decision as to whether sufficient appropriations are available shall be accepted by the other parties and shall be final.

F. GOVERNING LAW, This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New Mexico.

G, STATUS OF AGREEMENT; JOINT POWERS AGREEMENTS ACT. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement constitutes an agreement as that term is used in the New Mexico Joint Powers Agreements Act, NMSA 1978, Sections 11-1-1 through l l~l-7 (l 961)(as amended).

JHL !N§JP'JECTION OF FKNANCKA1L DOCUMlEN'lf§, During the term of this Agreement and for a period of thre.-e years thereafter the parties shall maintain accurate and

9 163 complete records of all receipts and disbursements under this Agreement and, upon receipt of reasonable written request, each shall make such records available to the other party and to the public, including any federal, state or local authority during regular business hours.

I. DISTRIBUTION OF RESIDUAL PROPERTY. At the end of the term of this Agreement, the parties hereto shall distribute and dispose of all property acquired in connection with this Agreement. Such property shall be distributed to the party that acquired it or, if the property was acquired by more than one party or purchased with funds provided by a third party, the property shall be distributed to each party pro rata based on the proportion of each party's total contribution to the RECC since the inception of the first Joint Powers Agreement in 2001.

J. CONFORMITY WITH JOINT POWERS AGREEMENTS ACT. The parties intend that this Agreement conform in all respects with the Joint Powers Agreements Act, and that this Agreement shall be construed and enforced in conformity with that Act. In case of any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Joint Powers Agreements Act, the provisions of that Act shall control and this Agreement shall be deemed amended.

K. ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION. The parties agree that in the event the terms and conditions of this Agreement are disputed, including but not limited to all financial calculations, expenditures, bills and related matters, the parties will attempt to resolve the dispute through mediation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the decision of any party to terminate the Agreement under Article V, Section B, or the decision of any party as to whether sufficient appropriations are available and its effect on the other parties under Article V, Section E, shall not be subject to mediation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement as of the dates documented below.

THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF SANTA FE COUNT

By~---- c Sulli , Chair

A.TI.EST:

10 164 THE GOVERNING BODY OF THE CITY OF SANT A FE

By: ':J.=? c.e--.::£. ~--- David Coss, Mayor

ATTEST:

Approved as to form:

11 165 THE TOWN OF EDGEWOOD

By:~Mayor

ATTEST:

166 Approved:

STATE OF NEW MEXICO DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND ADMOOSTRA TION

Date: ____r')r-t-'~--- '5_.....f_. _8 ____ l-1 ~ H,/;!

13 167